smiths lake planning study volume 1: text - Great Lakes Council
smiths lake planning study volume 1: text - Great Lakes Council
smiths lake planning study volume 1: text - Great Lakes Council
You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles
YUMPU automatically turns print PDFs into web optimized ePapers that Google loves.
SMITHS LAKE PLANNING STUDY<br />
VOLUME 1: TEXT<br />
Prepared for:<br />
Prepared by:<br />
<strong>Great</strong> <strong>Lakes</strong> <strong>Council</strong><br />
WBM Oceanics Australia<br />
126 Belford Street<br />
PO Box 266<br />
BROADMEADOW NSW 2292<br />
Telephone: (02) 4940 8882<br />
Fax: (02) 4940 8887<br />
Document:<br />
11643.R1.2<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
DOCUMENT CONTROL SHEET<br />
WBM Oceanics Australia<br />
490 Upper Edward Street<br />
SPRING HILL QLD 4004<br />
AUSTRALIA<br />
TELEPHONE: 07 3831 6744<br />
International: +617 3831 6744<br />
FAX: 07 3832 3627<br />
International: +617 3832 3627<br />
Document No:<br />
11643.R1.2<br />
Archive Document No: 00019068<br />
Original Date of Issue: 29 February 2000<br />
Project Manager: Greg Rogencamp<br />
Title:<br />
Author:<br />
Smiths Lake Planning Study<br />
Greg Rogencamp<br />
Client:<br />
Client Contact:<br />
<strong>Great</strong> <strong>Lakes</strong> <strong>Council</strong><br />
Roger Busby<br />
Client Reference:<br />
Synopsis: This report documents the findings of Stages I,II and III of the Smiths Lake Planning Study.<br />
The <strong>study</strong> aims to identify the opportunities and constraints to development of the Smiths Lake Area<br />
with more detailed studies for a portion of this area called the Smiths Lake Village Area.<br />
REVISION/CHECKING HISTORY<br />
REVISION<br />
DATE CHECKED BY ISSUED BY<br />
NUMBER<br />
0 DRAFT DRAFT G Rogencamp<br />
1 11/5/99 JRB G Rogencamp<br />
2 29/2/00 W Syme G Rogencamp<br />
DISTRIBUTION<br />
DESTINATION<br />
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9<br />
<strong>Great</strong> <strong>Lakes</strong> <strong>Council</strong><br />
1<br />
2<br />
20<br />
WBM Library<br />
-<br />
-<br />
1<br />
WBM Oceanics Australia<br />
-<br />
1<br />
1<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
CONTENTS<br />
I<br />
CONTENTS<br />
1 INTRODUCTION 1<br />
1.1 General 1<br />
1.2 Background 1<br />
1.3 The Study Area 2<br />
1.4 Study Goals and Objectives 2<br />
1.5 Study Stage 3<br />
1.6 Existing Development Entitlements 3<br />
2 SOILS AND GEOTECHNICAL 4<br />
2.1 Introduction 4<br />
2.2 Methodology 4<br />
2.3 Physical Characteristics 6<br />
2.4 Landuse 18<br />
2.5 Terrain Classification 19<br />
2.6 Urban Capability And Development Guidelines - SLVA 22<br />
2.7 Land Use Capability And Development Guidelines - SLA 25<br />
3 FLOODING AND DRAINAGE 27<br />
3.1 Site Characteristics and Available Data 27<br />
3.2 Flooding and Drainage Issues 29<br />
3.3 Impacts of Development 31<br />
4 STORMWATER MANAGEMENT 34<br />
4.1 Introduction 34<br />
4.2 Receiving Environment Implications 34<br />
4.3 Whole of Study Area Considerations 34<br />
4.4 Recommended Stormwater Best Planning Practices 36<br />
4.5 Recommended Stormwater Best Management Practices 39<br />
4.6 Stormwater Management Requirements 42<br />
5 FLORA 44<br />
5.1 Methodology for Vegetation Mapping 44<br />
5.2 Vegetation Communities 45<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
CONTENTS<br />
II<br />
5.3 Rare, Threatened or Significant Plant Species 54<br />
5.4 Conservation Values 57<br />
6 FAUNA 64<br />
6.1 Fauna Habitats 64<br />
6.2 Fauna Survey 67<br />
6.3 Fauna Conservation Values 74<br />
6.4 Habitat Ranking 74<br />
6.5 Habitat Conservation Mapping 77<br />
6.6 Ecological Development Constraints 77<br />
7 WATER QUALITY SENSITIVITY MAPPING 80<br />
7.1 Introduction 80<br />
7.2 Receiving Water Description 80<br />
7.3 Sensitivity Analysis Methodology 83<br />
7.4 Sensitivity Mapping 85<br />
8 VISUAL AND SCENIC QUALITY 86<br />
8.1 Landscape Character & Elements 86<br />
8.2 Existing Landscape Character 87<br />
8.3 Visual Assessment 90<br />
9 LAND CAPABILITY ASSESSMENT 95<br />
9.1 Approach 95<br />
9.2 Constraint & Response 98<br />
10 ABORIGINAL AND EUROPEAN HERITAGE 102<br />
10.1 Introduction 102<br />
10.2 Management Issues 102<br />
10.3 Aboriginal Heritage 106<br />
10.4 Environmental Con<strong>text</strong> 107<br />
10.5 Archaeological Con<strong>text</strong> 113<br />
10.6 Discussion 118<br />
10.7 Recommendations 122<br />
10.8 European Heritage 123<br />
11 INFRASTRUCTURE 128<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
CONTENTS<br />
III<br />
11.1 Sewer 128<br />
11.2 Other Services 129<br />
12 BUSHFIRE MANAGEMENT INVESTIGATION 130<br />
12.1 Fire History 130<br />
12.2 Factors Influencing Fire Hazard 130<br />
12.3 Damage Potential 132<br />
12.4 Fire Fighting Infrastructure 134<br />
12.5 Fire Zoning and Management Strategies 135<br />
13 LAND SUITABILITY ASSESSMENT 139<br />
13.1 Approach 139<br />
13.2 Suitability Constraints 139<br />
13.3 Land Suitability Precincts 144<br />
13.4 Opportunities 147<br />
14 REFERENCES 150<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
LIST OF FIGURES<br />
IV<br />
LIST OF FIGURES<br />
Figure 1-1 Study Areas<br />
Figure 1-2 Existing Zones in Villages<br />
Figure 2-1 Terrain Classification<br />
Figure 2-2 Slope Stability and Acid Sulphate Soil Zonation Plans<br />
Figure 2-3 Test Bore Locations and Regional Geology<br />
*Figure 2-4 Plasticity Chart for Classifying Fine-Grained Soils by Unified Soil<br />
Classification System<br />
Figure 3-1 Major Catchments<br />
Figure 3-2 1% AEP Peak Flows<br />
Figure 3-3 Delineation of Floodways and Flood Storage<br />
*Figure 3-4 Impacts of Development on Tarbuck Creek 1% AEP Flows<br />
*Figure 4-1 Water Resource Planning Units<br />
*Figure 4-2 Water Sensitive Design Overview<br />
*Figure 4-3 Existing SLVA Waterway Corridors<br />
*Figure 4-4 Existing SLVA Waterway Corridors<br />
*Figure 4-5 Example of Directly Connected Impervious Area<br />
*Figure 4-6 Existing SLVA Rainwater Tanks<br />
*Figure 4-7 Stormwater Infiltration Measures<br />
*Figure 4-8 Overland Flow<br />
*Figure 4-9 Existing Roadside Swale - SLVA<br />
*Figure 4-10 Existing Pole House - SLVA<br />
Figure 5-1 Vegetation Communities<br />
Figure 5-2 Location of Recorded Threatened Flora Species<br />
Figure 5-3 Vegetation Conservation Values<br />
Figure 6-1 Fauna Habitats<br />
Figure 6-2 Fauna Trapping Locations<br />
Figure 6-3 Fauna Conservation Values and Locations of Threatened Fauna Species<br />
Figure 6-4 Ecological Development Constraint Categories<br />
Figure 7-1 Water Quality: Terrain Slope<br />
Figure 7-2 Water Quality: Proximity to Waterway<br />
Figure 7-3 Water Quality: Soil Type<br />
Figure 7-4 Water Quality: Availability of Connection to Sewerage Service<br />
Figure 7-5 Water Quality: Disturbed Vegetation<br />
Figure 7-6 Water Quality Sensitivity Grades<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
LIST OF FIGURES<br />
V<br />
Figure 8-1 Visual Landscape Units<br />
Figure 8-2 Visual Management Zones<br />
Figure 10-1 Sites of Archaeological Significance<br />
*Figure 10-2 Lake Shore in the Area of Site 38-2-14, Recorded in 1984<br />
*Figure 10-3 Large F<strong>lake</strong> with Chopping Edges on Two Margins Found Below Eroding<br />
Midden<br />
*Figure 10-4 Stone Artefacts on Eastern Shore of Smiths Lake Village Area<br />
*Figure 10-5 Broken F<strong>lake</strong> In The Water Below The Shore Line<br />
*Figure 10-6 Scarred Tree in the NW Part of the Smiths Lake Village Area<br />
*Figure 10-7 Location of Isolated Find on Dirt Track<br />
Figure 11-1 Waste Water Treatment Works Buffer<br />
Figure 12-1 Generalised Vegetation Communities<br />
Figure 12-2 Slope and Aspect<br />
Figure 12-3 Fire Hazard Level<br />
Figure 13-1 Land Suitability Precinct: Blueys Beach<br />
Figure 13-2 Land Suitability Precinct: Northwest Smiths Lake<br />
Figure 13-3 Land Suitability Precinct: Northeast Smiths Lake<br />
Figure 13-4 Land Suitability Precinct: Cellito / Sandbar<br />
Figure 13-5 Land Suitability Precinct: Tarbuck Bay<br />
Figure 13-6 Land Suitability Precinct: Sugar Creek Road<br />
Figure 13-7 Land Suitability Precinct: Smiths Lake Village Area<br />
* These figures contained in “Volume 1: Text”. All others are in “Volume 2: Figures and Appendices”.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
LIST OF TABLES<br />
VI<br />
LIST OF TABLES<br />
Table 2-1 Geological Units 7<br />
Table 2-2 Soil Data Profiles (DLWC) 8<br />
Table 2-3 Table Summary of Particle Size Distribution Analysis and Atterberg Limits<br />
(DPWS) 9<br />
Table 2-4 Atterberg Limit, Linear Shrinkage and Emerson Dispersion Class (RCA) 10<br />
Table 2-5 Acid Sulphate Laboratory Test Results (DPWS) 14<br />
Table 2-6 DLWC Laboratory Acid Sulphate Results 14<br />
Table 2-7 Action Criteria Based on ASS Soil Analysis and Soil Texture 15<br />
Table 2-8 Acid Sulphate Test Results, Total Actual and Potential Acidity 16<br />
Table 2-9 Groundwater Quality 17<br />
Table 2-10 Groundwater Quality – Pump station sites (DPWS) 18<br />
Table 2-11 EPA Criteria to Assess the Probable Presence of Pyritic Material 18<br />
Table 2-12 Terrain Units – Physical Characteristics 19<br />
Table 2-13 Terrain Units – Geotechnical Hazard Risk Assessment 20<br />
Table 2-14 Classification Of Risk Of Slope Instability 20<br />
Table 2-15 Land Use Constraints on the Basis of Geotechnical Hazards 21<br />
Table 2-16 Development Guidelines on the Basis of Slope Stability 23<br />
Table 3-1 Design Rainfall Intensities (mm/h) 28<br />
Table 3-2 Elevated Ocean Levels 30<br />
Table 4-1 Stormwater Management Requirements 43<br />
Table 7-1 Southern Wallis Lake Water Quality Data 81<br />
Table 8-1 Management of Visual Environment 94<br />
Table 9-1 Land Capability 99<br />
Table 10-1 European Heritage 123<br />
Table 12-1 Fire History Along the North-western Boundary 130<br />
Table 12-2 Determination of Fire Hazard Levels 132<br />
Table 12-3 Fire Response of Rare and Threatened Species 133<br />
Table 12-4 Fire Protection Zones 136<br />
Table 12-5 Suggested Fire Regimes for the Maintenance of Vegetation Communities 138<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
INTRODUCTION 1<br />
1 INTRODUCTION<br />
1.1 General<br />
<strong>Great</strong> <strong>Lakes</strong> <strong>Council</strong> commissioned WBM Oceanics Australia to carry out a <strong>planning</strong> <strong>study</strong> for<br />
the north and north-western parts of the Smiths Lake catchment and the southern most<br />
catchment of Wallis Lake.<br />
WBM Oceanics Australia formed a team of consultants including in-house scientists and<br />
engineers as well as sub-consultants. A list of the <strong>study</strong> team is contained in Appendix A.<br />
This report documents the findings of Stages 1 to 3 of the Smiths Lake Planning Study.<br />
1.2 Background<br />
Smiths Lake is located about one half hour by car south of Forster, and about 3.5 hours north of<br />
Sydney. It is set in an attractive landscape which has high visual relief and quality, and<br />
substantial areas of native vegetation with potential conservation value. The Smiths Lake area<br />
also defines a sensitive catchment with good water quality which drains to Smiths Lake.<br />
Residential and small-scale tourist oriented developments have expanded the Village of Smiths<br />
Lake (the Village) over the years and now provide a range of accommodation and services for<br />
permanent and seasonal residents and visitors.<br />
The Village has a unique and desirable character attributable to extensive retention of<br />
vegetation, abundant landscaping, small scale houses built of a variety of materials, and narrow<br />
non-linear streets.<br />
Until recently, development potential may have been limited by the lack of reticulated<br />
sewerage system. <strong>Council</strong> has constructed a reticulated sewerage scheme for Pacific Palms<br />
which will extends to Smiths Lake. Existing development, and land with the potential for<br />
development in the scheme’s service area, will eventually be serviced.<br />
There has been an increase in rural development around Smiths Lake. <strong>Council</strong> receives many<br />
inquiries for subdivision and development, which if they were to proceed in an ad hoc manner,<br />
could reduce the environmental amenity of Smiths Lake to the detriment of all residents and<br />
visitors. Impacts of potential development need to be investigated before decisions on the form,<br />
extent and character of new development can be made.<br />
Hence, the Smiths Lake Planning Study presents an opportunity to consider a range of issues in<br />
<strong>planning</strong> the future land development of the area in a structured and informed manner.<br />
Stage 4 of the <strong>study</strong> will also fulfil the requirements of an environmental <strong>study</strong> under s57 of the<br />
Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979 because parts of the Smiths Lake area are<br />
within the one kilometre zone of the NSW Coast — Government Policy.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
INTRODUCTION 2<br />
1.3 The Study Area<br />
There are two <strong>study</strong> areas for the Study. The wider <strong>study</strong> area includes the villages of Smiths<br />
Lake, Blueys Beach, Charlotte Bay, Bungwahl and Tarbuck Bay, and rural areas within the<br />
subcatchment that drains to Smiths Lake. It is called the Smiths Lake Area (the SLA).<br />
A smaller <strong>study</strong> area will focus on potential expansion of Smiths Lake Village. It is called the<br />
Smiths Lake Village Area (the SLVA).<br />
The two <strong>study</strong> areas are shown in Figure 1-1.<br />
1.3.1 Smiths Lake Area<br />
The SLA is bounded by Boomerang Drive at Blueys Beach and the Wallingat State Forest to<br />
the north; the catchment divide near Round Hill to the west; a line north of Seal Rocks Road at<br />
the south; and the coast.<br />
Overall the SLA takes in about 60 km 2 of land and water area. However, the land component<br />
would have an area of about 22 km 2 . The <strong>study</strong> area contains a variety of landforms including<br />
steep headlands, low coastal plains, <strong>lake</strong> and estuarine lands, and steeper forested and partly<br />
cleared hills and slopes.<br />
1.3.2 Smiths Lake Village<br />
The SLVA adjoins and surrounds the boundaries of the Village of Smiths Lake. It takes in<br />
about 3 km 2 and contains steep, vegetated landforms, including <strong>lake</strong>shore and estuarine land,<br />
forested toe, mid and upper slopes, ridge tops and partly urbanised areas.<br />
1.4 Study Goals and Objectives<br />
The <strong>study</strong> has two goals:<br />
1. Identify land with capability and suitability for urban development and formulate<br />
recommendations for the location, form, infrastructure needs and socio-economic impacts of<br />
future land releases in the SLVA; and<br />
2. Identify land capability and suitability units in the SLA with sufficient precision to enable<br />
broad-scale environmental <strong>planning</strong> attributes to be identified and considered by the<br />
community.<br />
The objectives of the <strong>study</strong> are to identify, document and/or resolve the following issues in both<br />
<strong>study</strong> areas:<br />
• soils and geotechnical characteristics;<br />
• flooding, hydrology and drainage;<br />
• flora and fauna;<br />
• aboriginal and European heritage;<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
INTRODUCTION 3<br />
• visual quality;<br />
• infrastructure;<br />
• all other socio-economic and cultural; and<br />
• bush fire hazard.<br />
1.5 Study Stage<br />
Due to the nature of the <strong>study</strong>, it is possible and desirable to divide the <strong>study</strong> components into a<br />
number of stages. These are described below:<br />
Stage 1: This stage involves collection, analysis and presentation of the physical and<br />
ecological data for the <strong>study</strong> areas, culminating in a land capability map.<br />
Stage 2: This stage involves collection, analysis and presentation of the general socioeconomic<br />
data for the <strong>study</strong> areas.<br />
Stage 3: This stage draws upon the results of the first two stages to produce land suitability<br />
assessments including mapping of areas suitable for development.<br />
Stage 4: This stage involves more detailed socio-economic and demographic assessments of<br />
existing and future populations, supply and demand for land and urban design and character.<br />
This report presents the findings of Stages 1 to 3.<br />
1.6 Existing Development Entitlements<br />
The first three stages of this <strong>study</strong> do not consider existing entitlements conferred by zoning,<br />
registered subdivision plans, property boundaries or development consents. The main purpose<br />
of Stages 1 to 3 of this <strong>study</strong> is to investigate and identify land that has capability and<br />
suitability for development based on the biophysical and cultural attributes of the land in the<br />
<strong>study</strong> area. Using this approach, the underlying suitability of the <strong>study</strong> area to accommodate<br />
future development is made explicit. Such data assists <strong>Council</strong> in considering the merits of<br />
<strong>planning</strong> for expansion of the Smiths Lake Area, and helps to clarify issues of merit as opposed<br />
to entitlement.<br />
However, <strong>Council</strong> must consider existing development entitlements. In particular, land with<br />
high conservation value in the Smiths Lake Village Area is zoned and subdivided. The current<br />
zonings for the villages in the <strong>study</strong> area (ie. Smiths Lake and Tarbuck Bay) are presented in<br />
Figure 1-2. Provided development consent is obtained, such land may be used for urban scale<br />
development, notwithstanding that these areas are not included in land capability or suitability<br />
precincts.<br />
If <strong>Council</strong> should decide to proceed to Stage 4 of this <strong>study</strong> (ie. the preparation of an<br />
environmental <strong>study</strong> to support proposed amendments to <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Lakes</strong> LEP 1996), existing<br />
development entitlements will need to be considered in formulating a draft LEP. These issues<br />
are discussed further in Section 6.6.3 and 13.4.7.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
SOILS AND GEOTECHNICAL 4<br />
2 SOILS AND GEOTECHNICAL<br />
2.1 Introduction<br />
The objective of the soils and geotechnical component of the <strong>study</strong> is to describe the physical<br />
characteristics of the Smiths Lake Area and Smiths Lake Village Area and assess urban and<br />
land capability and formulate development guidelines. This component of the <strong>study</strong> and the<br />
preparation of this report has been undertaken by Robert Carr & Associates Pty Ltd and:<br />
• Outlines the geology, physical properties and distribution of soil and rocks within the <strong>study</strong><br />
area with particular emphasis on acid sulphate soils.<br />
• Assesses land and urban capability in terms of slope instability, high erosion potential,<br />
foundation conditions and acid sulphate soils.<br />
• Provides geotechnical management guidelines for urban and low low-scale development.<br />
The area of the <strong>study</strong> has been classified into two areas, the Smiths Lake Area (SLA) and the<br />
Smiths Lake Village Area (SLVA). The SLA and the SLVA contain a variety of landforms and<br />
vegetation, including steep headlands and slopes to low-lying coastal and estuarine lands. The<br />
SLVA comprises an urbanised area of about 3 km 2 . The SLA includes 60km 2 , of which 38km 2<br />
comprises the shallow saline coastal lagoon, Smiths Lake with the remainder comprising forest,<br />
rural development and the small urban villages of Tarbuck Bay and Charlotte Bay.<br />
2.2 Methodology<br />
Investigation methodology has involved review of available background data, field mapping,<br />
drilling and sampling and laboratory testing of soil and groundwater samples.<br />
2.2.1 Background Data<br />
Background data relevant to the <strong>study</strong> area has been sourced from:<br />
• Webb, McKeown and Associates, 1998, Smiths Lake Estuary Process <strong>study</strong>.<br />
• Department of Land and Water Conservation (DLWC). Soil profiles from 11 locations<br />
throughout the <strong>study</strong> area have been sourced through the Soil Data System and are<br />
appended. Acid Sulphate Soil Risk Maps (Wooton, Pacific Palms, Myall Lake and Seal<br />
Rocks sheets at a scale of 1: 25,000) have been used in the acid sulphate soil assessment.<br />
• Department of Public Works & Services (DPWS), geotechnical investigations carried out<br />
between 1991 and 1996 for the Pacific Palms and Smiths Lake waste water and water<br />
supply infrastructure. Investigations included subsurface investigation with physical and<br />
chemical testing of soil and water samples.<br />
• Geological and groundwater data as outlined in the Geology of the Camberwell, Dungog<br />
and Buladelah 1:100,000 Sheet.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
SOILS AND GEOTECHNICAL 5<br />
2.2.2 Field Investigation<br />
Fieldwork undertaken by Robert Carr & Associates Pty Ltd involved:<br />
• Drilling and logging of 17 hand auger bores and exposures (up to 1.7m depth) for soil<br />
profile identification and to provide samples for physical and acid sulphate testing and<br />
groundwater quality assessment.<br />
• Installation of three 50mm PVC standpipe piezometers for groundwater sampling and<br />
quality assessment.<br />
• Mapping of soil profiles, rock exposures, slope gradient, erosion, and site feature by a senior<br />
engineering geologist.<br />
2.2.3 Laboratory Testing<br />
Laboratory testing was undertaken to characterise site conditions and supplement existing data.<br />
Laboratory testing involved:<br />
• Acid sulphate screening tests on 17 samples to assess total sulphur levels with POCAS<br />
(Peroxide Oxidation Combined Acidity and Sulphate) testing undertaken on 2 samples to<br />
assess soil buffering capacity and net acid generating potential. Testing was undertaken at<br />
the Centre for Coastal Management at Southern Cross University.<br />
• Emerson crumb dispersion testing on 12 samples to assess potential dispersive erodibility of<br />
site soils. Testing was undertaken at the NATA registered Newcastle laboratory of Robert<br />
Carr & Associates Pty Ltd.<br />
• Atterberg limit (2) and linear shrinkage (6) tests on samples to quantify physical soil<br />
properties. Testing was undertaken at the NATA registered Newcastle laboratory of Robert<br />
Carr & Associates Pty Ltd.<br />
• Water quality, pH and electrical conductivity testing of 3 groundwater samples recovered<br />
from piezometers and sent to AMDEL Laboratories in Sydney.<br />
2.2.4 Data Presentation<br />
Data from the background review, fieldwork and laboratory results is appended as:<br />
Appendix B<br />
Soil Profiles<br />
Test bore profiles by Robert Carr & Associates Pty Ltd<br />
Department of Land and Water Conservation soil profiles<br />
Appendix C<br />
Laboratory Data<br />
Physical test data<br />
Acid sulphate test results - Southern Cross University<br />
Groundwater quality - Amdel<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
SOILS AND GEOTECHNICAL 6<br />
Results are presented on the following figures:<br />
• Terrain Classification (Figure 2-1) showing the inferred distribution of terrain units,<br />
• Slope Stability and Acid Sulphate Soil Zonation Plans (Figure 2-2) assessing the risk of<br />
slope instability and acid sulphate soil occurrence, and<br />
• Test bores and sample locations together with regional geological boundaries (Figure 2-3).<br />
2.3 Physical Characteristics<br />
2.3.1 Topography<br />
The topography across the <strong>study</strong> area is variable and comprises:<br />
• Moderate to steep hillside areas with elevations up to 220m AHD. Surface slopes are<br />
generally concave in profile with steep upper hillside slopes up to 50% usually decreasing to<br />
10% to 25% across footslope areas. The hillside areas occur as a series of north-west /<br />
south-east striking ridgelines separated by broad drainage paths. The alignment of the<br />
ridgelines coincides with the regional bedding strike of the geological units. Geological<br />
structure appears to have had a strong influence on the region’s topography. These areas are<br />
characterised by rock outcrop and shallow residual soils that have weathered in place from<br />
the underlying rock.<br />
• Broad gently sloping drainage paths along the valley floor areas between the ridgelines<br />
(Wamwarra, Tarbuck, Jacks and Wallis Creeks). The drainage paths follow the same<br />
general alignment (north-west, south-east) as the ridgelines. These areas are characterised<br />
by deep soil profiles comprising soils that have weathered in place, been washed off<br />
surrounding hillside areas or accumulated as alluvium along the drainage paths.<br />
• Low lying areas with surface elevation less than 5m AHD that occur around the margin of<br />
Smiths Lake and the southern edge of Wallis Lake and are subject to estuarine influence.<br />
Past fluctuation in <strong>lake</strong> and sea level has resulted in periodic inundation of these areas with<br />
the deposition of sandy, muddy and organic estuarine sediment.<br />
• Coastal barrier sands and ridges in the Sandbar area. The coastal and wind blown (aeolian)<br />
sand deposits have formed sand dunes up to 47m AHD in elevation. Most of the sand dunes<br />
have gentle to moderate surface slopes of less than 25%, however there are some steep lee<br />
slopes with gradients in excess of 50%.<br />
2.3.2 Drainage<br />
Smiths Lake is a shallow, saline coastal lagoon that is protected from the ocean by a sand<br />
barrier that is occasionally opened to the sea by floods.<br />
Catchments in the <strong>study</strong> area discharges to Smiths Lake via Wamwarra and Tarbuck Creeks,<br />
with the larger catchment area of Ducks and Wallis Creek discharging to Wallis Lake. There<br />
are several creeks, but no major rivers draining into the <strong>lake</strong>.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
SOILS AND GEOTECHNICAL 7<br />
2.3.3 Geology<br />
The geology of the <strong>study</strong> area comprises Quaternary soil deposits (less than 2 million years old)<br />
along the coastal and drainage areas with Carboniferous Age (300 million years old)<br />
sedimentary rock occurring over the hillside areas. The geological units that occurs in the <strong>study</strong><br />
area are presented in Table 2-1, with geological boundaries shown on Figure 2-3.<br />
Table 2-1 Geological Units<br />
Geology Material Type Deposition<br />
Quaternary Alluvium<br />
(Qa) Undifferentiated Clays and silts with minor sand Fluvial creek overbank<br />
and back swamp areas<br />
(Qpem) Estuarine and estuarine clay / silt and muddy sand<br />
Estuarine<br />
muddy deposits<br />
(Qpes) Estuarine sandy Interbeds of sand, muddy sand and estuarine clay Estuarine<br />
backbarrier deposits / silt<br />
(Qpds) Transgressive Quartzose sands<br />
Marine sands<br />
dune sand<br />
Carboniferous Rock<br />
(Cla) Koolanock<br />
Sandstone<br />
Sandstone – lithic sandstone with thin interbeds<br />
of bioturbated siltstone. Ryholite flows present.<br />
Fluvial – deltaic<br />
deposition<br />
(Cly)Yagon Siltstone Siltstone and mudstone with some sandstone Marine deposition<br />
interbeds – thinly bedded, fossiliferous and<br />
bioturbated<br />
(Cet) Booti Booti Sandstone – quartzose feldspathic or lithic Fluvial deposition<br />
Sandstone<br />
Undifferentiated Late<br />
Carboniferous sediments<br />
2.3.4 Soils<br />
sandstone with crossbedding present.<br />
Mudstones, siltsones and sandstones<br />
The area has been subject to a series of tectonic deformational events in the geological past<br />
including folding and faulting during the Permian Age and possible further faulting in the<br />
Triassic Age.<br />
These deformational events have resulted in a number of structural features:<br />
• north and northwest trending faults. There is a strong correlation between topographic lows<br />
/ drainage paths and inferred fault locations.<br />
• bedding generally dips at about 20° to 45° to the west over the central to eastern part of the<br />
<strong>study</strong> area with dip slopes increasing up to 60° to 70° over the western part. Local variations<br />
in bedding dip angle and direction can be noted.<br />
• relatively closely spaced jointing in the rockmass.<br />
Soil types that occur at specific localities are the result of a number of interacting factors of<br />
which the soil parent material (ie. the rock from which the soil is derived) is usually the<br />
dominant factor. As noted in Section 2.3.3, there is a wide range of geological formations and<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
SOILS AND GEOTECHNICAL 8<br />
rock types across the <strong>study</strong> area which combined with variable topography and coastal<br />
processes results in a variety of soil forming factors.<br />
Soil profiles undertaken by the DLWC in the <strong>study</strong> area and incorporated into the NSW soil<br />
data system are attached in Appendix B and are summarised in Table 2-2.<br />
Table 2-2 Soil Data Profiles (DLWC)<br />
Profile Location Soil Type Erosion Hazard<br />
1 Off <strong>Lakes</strong> Way,<br />
Wamwarra Bay<br />
3 Road to Sandbar, Symes<br />
Bay<br />
69 <strong>Lakes</strong> Way north of<br />
Sandbar<br />
159 Corner <strong>Lakes</strong> Way and<br />
Macwood Road<br />
160 Amaroo Drive, Smiths<br />
Lake<br />
161 Tarbuck Bay residential<br />
area<br />
162 Corner <strong>Lakes</strong> Way and<br />
Sugar Creek Road<br />
Lacustrine / aeolian sediments - hydrosol Moderate<br />
Acid sulphate testing<br />
Deep sands - hydrosol<br />
Slight<br />
Acid sulphate testing<br />
Silty and clay loam over silty clay<br />
Very high<br />
Sodosol<br />
Silty loam over silty clay<br />
Very high<br />
hydrosol<br />
Silty and clay loam over medium-heavy clay Moderate<br />
- sodosol<br />
Medium to heavy clay - kurosol<br />
High<br />
Silty and clay loam over light-heavy clay Extreme<br />
hydrosol<br />
193 Sugar Creek Road Sandy clay loam - tenosol Slight<br />
194 Sugar Creek Road Silty and clay loam over medium clay High<br />
426 Sandbar Road near Silty and clay loam - tenosol<br />
Slight<br />
quarry<br />
427 Sandbar Road near<br />
quarry<br />
Silty and clay loam over medium clay<br />
kurosol<br />
Moderate<br />
The profiles in Table 2-2 indicate the soil profiles within the <strong>study</strong> area typically comprise silty<br />
clay loams over silty clays and medium to heavy clays.<br />
The physical properties of the areas soils have been characterised by testing undertaken by the<br />
Department of Public Works & Services which includes particle size distribution (sieve and<br />
hydrometer analysis) and Atterberg limits. Results of this testing are presented in<br />
Table 2-3.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
SOILS AND GEOTECHNICAL 9<br />
Table 2-3 Table Summary of Particle Size Distribution Analysis and Atterberg Limits<br />
(DPWS)<br />
Location<br />
Depth<br />
(m)<br />
Particle Size Distribution (%)<br />
ATTERBERG<br />
limit<br />
Unified Soil<br />
Classification and<br />
description<br />
Gravel Sand Silt Clay<br />
P1 1.0-1.3 - 7 36 57 55 19 36 (CH) silty clay, dark grey<br />
P1 1.3-2.0 58 24 34 (CI) silty clay, grey-brown<br />
P2 0-1.0 3 48 49 44 23 21 (CL) silty clay, black<br />
P2 1.5-2.0 58 16 26 (SC) clayey sand, grey<br />
P3 1.0-2.0 5 48 47 47 19 28 (ML) clayey silt, grey<br />
brown<br />
P4 0.4-1.7 74 30 44 (CH) silty clay, brown<br />
P5 1.0-2.0 82 36 46 (CH) silty clay, yellowbrown<br />
P6 1.0-2.0 3 26 37 34 (CL) sandy clayey silt, dark<br />
brown<br />
P7 0.8-1.2 28 32 40 56 20 36 (CH) sandy silty clay,<br />
yellow-brown<br />
P8 0.8-1.25 21 40 39 (ML/CL) sandy clayey silt,<br />
yellow -brown<br />
P9 2.0-2.45 88 12 - (SM-SP) sand with some<br />
silt, grey<br />
P10 0.8-1.25 80 20 - (SC) silty sand, grey<br />
P11 0.4-0.7 2 29 48 21 25 14 11 (ML) sandy clayey silt,<br />
yellow brown<br />
P12 2.0-2.5 4 45 51 73 31 42 (CH) silty clay, lt brown<br />
P13 0.5-0.9 4 30 66 75 32 43 (CH) silty clay, yellow -<br />
brown<br />
P14 2.2-2.5 10 14 48 28 56 29 27 (MH) clayey silt, light<br />
brown<br />
P15 1.3-1.6 1 39 60 72 31 41 (CH) silty clay, lt grey<br />
P16 2.0-2.3 78 32 46 (CH) silty clay, lt grey<br />
LL = liquid limit<br />
PL = plastic limit<br />
PI = plasticity index<br />
The results shown in Table 2-3 indicate that the soils within the hillside and footslope areas<br />
comprise mainly silty clays of medium to high plasticity. This is typical of soils that have been<br />
transported from or weathered in-situ from siltstone and lithic sandstone rock types. Based on<br />
the particle size distribution, the soils would be described as a clayey silts or silty clays with a<br />
variable sand content.<br />
The sandy soils in the low lying estuarine areas contain a variable fines content ranging from<br />
about 10% to 40%. In general terms, the sands would be described as “dirty”. The effect of an<br />
increased fines content in the sand will be a lower permeability of the sand.<br />
LL<br />
%<br />
PL<br />
%<br />
PI<br />
%<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
SOILS AND GEOTECHNICAL 10<br />
Bore<br />
The results of testing undertaken by Robert Carr & Associates Pty Ltd (RCA) as part of this<br />
<strong>study</strong> are presented in Table 2-4. This has involved Atterberg limit and linear shrinkage testing<br />
of clay samples as well as Emerson crumb tests to assess soil dispersion.<br />
Table 2-4 Atterberg Limit, Linear Shrinkage and Emerson Dispersion Class (RCA)<br />
Depth<br />
Soil Type<br />
Liquid<br />
Limit<br />
(%)<br />
Plastic<br />
Limit<br />
(%)<br />
Plasticity<br />
Index<br />
(%)<br />
Linear<br />
Shrinkage<br />
(%)<br />
Emerson<br />
Class<br />
(m)<br />
RCA3 0.5-0.6 Clay 63 15 48 4.7 5<br />
RCA6 0.25 Sandy clay 5<br />
RCA6 0.75 Silty clay 82 27 55 6.0 5<br />
RCA7 0.4-0.65 Sandy clay 5<br />
RCA7 1.0-1.1 Clay 14.3 5<br />
RCA10 0.4 Clay 8.1 5<br />
RCA12 0.2 Gravelly clay 10.6 5<br />
RCA15 0.3-0.4 Silty clay 5.1 5<br />
P17 Clay 5<br />
P18 Clay 5<br />
P19 Clay 5<br />
P20 Clay 5<br />
Figure 2-4 shows a plot of the Atterberg limits test results on the plasticity chart for classifying<br />
fine-grained soils by the Unified Soil Classification System. The Atterberg limits test results<br />
indicate that the clays would be generally classified according to the Unified Soil Classification<br />
System as clays of high plasticity (CH). The linear shrinkage results indicate that the clay soils<br />
are susceptible to <strong>volume</strong> change (shrinkage and heave) with variation in moisture content.<br />
The Emerson class numbers shown in Table 2-4 indicate that the clays and silts tested are nondispersive<br />
in nature. Dispersive soils contain clays that go into suspension in contact with water<br />
and are indicated by an Emerson class of 1 or 2.<br />
2.3.5 Erosion<br />
The magnitude of erosion that can occur at a particular location is dependant on the potential of<br />
erosive agents such as wind, rain and runoff to erode soils and the erodibility of the soil.<br />
Assessment of soil erodibility takes into consideration soil properties such as <strong>text</strong>ure, structure,<br />
dispersion, depth and infiltration and generally provide a general indication of relative<br />
resistance to water erosion.<br />
The Soil Conservation Service of NSW (Dyson, 1985) has noted that the soils in the general<br />
<strong>study</strong> area have a moderate to high erodibility. The soils are noted to be prone to sheet erosion<br />
once disturbed and the presence of locally dispersive subsoils has been noted in the soils<br />
developed on the Yagon Siltstone (Smiths Lake Village Area). Site specific soil profile<br />
assessment undertaken by the DLWC and shown in Table 2-2, confirms the moderate to high<br />
erodibility of the <strong>study</strong> area soils.<br />
The Emerson crumb dispersion test results indicate that the clay soils tested are non dispersive.<br />
This indicates that the erosive nature of the clay soils is related to soil structure and <strong>text</strong>ure<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
SOILS AND GEOTECHNICAL 11<br />
rather than dispersiveness. The clay soils have well developed pedality (fissured/ granular<br />
structure) and as such they are poorly aggregated. When subject to water flows, the clay soils<br />
have limited coherence between soil peds and are prone to detachment and sheet / scour erosion<br />
where exposed to water flow. The loamy topsoils also have limited coherence and as such are<br />
prone to erosion where vegetation has been removed.<br />
The estuarine clays and muddy sands are prone to scour and sheet erosion along the margins of<br />
hillside areas where high runoff velocities can occur. The sandy soils have a high risk of wind<br />
erosion particularly where vegetation has been removed or depleted. The estuarine soils along<br />
the shoreline of Smiths Lake are prone to wave erosion.<br />
In general the soils of the <strong>study</strong> area have a high risk of erosion, particularly where vegetation<br />
is removed or depleted.<br />
2.3.6 Acid Sulphate Soils<br />
General<br />
Sediments in coastal NSW from the Holocene geological age often contain iron pyrite, the<br />
main constituent of acid sulphate soils. The Holocene sediments are generally found below an<br />
elevation of 5m AHD, typically in coastal and floodplain areas. The sediment can be divided<br />
into classes based on its oxidised state. If the pyritic material above the water table is<br />
undergoing oxidation and has a pH of less than 4.0, it is called acid sulphate soil (ASS). If the<br />
material is below the groundwater table and has not been oxidised, it is termed potential acid<br />
sulphate soil (PASS) and generally has a pH of greater than 4.0. The pH has the potential to<br />
become much lower when the soil is exposed to oxygen as a result of activities such as<br />
excavation and drainage and this can lead to the generation of sulphuric acid. Acidic leachate<br />
can lead to the release of toxic concentrations of aluminium and iron into water bodies which<br />
can affect water quality and cause ecological damage.<br />
ASS can therefore be a major constraint on land use and development, however successful<br />
management of areas of ASS is possible.<br />
ASS can occur in the following geomorphic settings:<br />
• Sediments of recent geological age<br />
• Soil horizons not more than 5m above high tide level<br />
• Marine and estuarine settings<br />
Potential ASS are typically waterlogged, pH neutral and dark grey, estuarine, clays, silts or<br />
sands.<br />
The presence of actual ASS is indicated by acid surface or groundwater, iron stains on any<br />
drain surfaces or iron stained drain water, jarosite present in soil (indicated by pale yellow<br />
precipitates and coatings) and unusually clear or milky green drain water.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
SOILS AND GEOTECHNICAL 12<br />
Laboratory Testing<br />
The following laboratory tests are available for assessing the acid potential of a soil -<br />
Peroxide Oxidisable Sulphur Analysis (POSA) - the POSA test measures the acidity<br />
potentially produced from pyrite oxidation only and does not include acidification from other<br />
sources (such as carbon). This test may be conservative because it does not take into account<br />
the natural acid buffering capacity of the soil.<br />
EPA guidelines state that samples with more than 0.05% oxidisable sulphur may constitute a<br />
significant risk in the absence of buffering sources.<br />
For clayey soils, levels of POSA greater than 1.54 kg H 2 SO 4 /tonne of dry soil may constitute a<br />
significant risk while for sandy soils 0.31 kg H 2 SO 4 /tonne of dry soil is the threshold value<br />
(NSW EPA, 1995).<br />
Acid Neutralising Capacity (ANC) – some soils have a natural acid buffering or neutralising<br />
capacity which can be assessed by determining the soil lime (calcium carbonate) content. The<br />
ANC is used in conjunction with the POSA results to determine the Net Acid Generating<br />
Potential (NAGP) of the soil.<br />
Net Acid Generating Potential (NAGP) – NAGP is the amount of acidity by pyrite oxidation<br />
less the buffering capacity of the soil. If the acid produced is greater than the buffering capacity<br />
of the soil, acid will be produced. NAGP can be used to assess the amount of neutralising agent<br />
required to treat the net acid generated.<br />
A NAGP greater than zero indicates that acid may be produced during the oxidation of pyrite.<br />
Total Carbon - the oxidation of organic carbon in soils can also produce low pH results due to<br />
the production of organic acids. However, in the field, this oxidation process is slow and any<br />
acid produced is assimilated by the surrounding environment. It is therefore important to<br />
determine if a high acid result is due to the sulphur content or the total carbon content. This can<br />
be achieved by determining the total carbon level in the soil.<br />
Total actual acidity (TAA) and Total potential acidity (TPA) - the total actual acidity (TAA) is<br />
the total amount of acidity in the soil at the time of testing. The total potential acidity (TPA) is<br />
the maximum amount of acidity which a soil may contain after complete oxidation and takes<br />
into account the neutralising capacity of the soil. The difference between the TAA and TPA<br />
result gives a potential for the future oxidation that may occur.<br />
TAA and TPA analyses enable an assessment of the neutralisation required to bring the soil<br />
material pH to 5.5. There are no criteria for acceptable concentrations of TPA or TAA although<br />
a TPA of zero indicates that no significant levels of acid are expected to be produced on<br />
oxidation.<br />
pH before and after oxidisation with peroxide - soils are tested using a calibrated pH meter<br />
before and after oxidation in peroxide. Soils with an in-situ pH less than 4 are actual ASS and<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
SOILS AND GEOTECHNICAL 13<br />
soils with a pH of less than 2.5 after oxidisation in peroxide are potential ASS. This test does<br />
not differentiate between sulphur based and organic based acidity.<br />
Previous Acid Sulphate Studies<br />
The Myall Lake, Wootton, Pacific Palm and Seal Rock 1:25,000 Acid Sulphate Risk maps by<br />
the Department of Land and Water Conservation show the probability of encountering acidsulphate<br />
soils in the <strong>study</strong> area. Areas described as having "high probability of occurrence of<br />
acid-sulphate soil materials within the soil profile" occur at:<br />
• Wamwarra Creek and western shores of Smiths Lake,<br />
• Tarbuck Bay at the mouth of Tarbuck Creek,<br />
• Charlotte Bay around the mouth of Wallis Creek,<br />
• Eastern shore of Symes Bay along sandy low lying areas situated between between rocky<br />
headlands (SLVA),<br />
• Low lying sandy area at the southern end of Amaroo Drive (SLVA), and<br />
• Low lying sandy and estuarine areas along the northern and eastern shores of Symes Bay<br />
and extending across to the golf course area at Cellito.<br />
Previous testing for acid sulphate soils has been undertaken by The Department of Public<br />
Works & Services (DPWS) in the Smiths Lake Village as part of the Pacific Palms Sewerage<br />
Scheme. The soils tested generally were sampled from depths of in excess of 1m to 2m. Results<br />
are presented in Table 2-5 and indicate:<br />
• All samples had a potential acidity on oxidation although in most cases this was limited.<br />
• Samples having a potential acidity in excess of the action criteria noted in Table 2-7 are<br />
noted in bold in Table 2-5 (GM39, GM48, GM51, GM70, GM73, GM99, and Pump Station<br />
W). The soils at these locations generally occur below ground water level and as such<br />
would be classified as potential acid sulphate soils (PASS). It should be noted that the test<br />
results at the above locations only marginally exceeded the action criteria and as such the<br />
soils would be classified as marginally acid sulphate.<br />
• The samples from GM51 have a potential acidity in excess of the action criteria, however<br />
the results of POSA testing are below the criteria suggesting the acidity is likely to be<br />
related to the presence of organic materials rather than sulphur.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
SOILS AND GEOTECHNICAL 14<br />
Bore<br />
Depth<br />
(m)<br />
Table 2-5 Acid Sulphate Laboratory Test Results (DPWS)<br />
Soil type<br />
Depth to<br />
Groundwater<br />
(m)<br />
pH after<br />
oxidation<br />
TPA<br />
(moles/ kg)<br />
GM39 0-0.6 Sand 0.2 2.8 0.015 0.49<br />
1.05-1.5 Clayey silt 0.2 2.6 0.017 0.31<br />
GM48 1-1.4 Sand 1.0 2.5 0.02<br />
GM51 1.0-1.3 Sand 1.0 2.4 0.1 0.01<br />
1.3-1.45 Sand 1.0 2.7 0.038<br />
1.5-2.0 Sand 1.0 2.6 0.064 0.13<br />
BH27 1.0-1.8 Sandy gravel - 2.8 0.022<br />
GM99 1.5-1.9 Clayey silt 3.4 2.3 0.067<br />
2.0-2.45 Clayey silt 3.4 3.0 0.021<br />
Pump Stn W 3-3.45 Sand 2.0 2.4 0.104<br />
4.5-4.95 Sand 2.0 3.8 0.109<br />
6-6.45 Sand 2.0 3.8 0.056<br />
8.55-9 Sand 2.0 2.7 0.024<br />
GM69 3-3.45 Sand 2.5 3.6 0.022<br />
4.2-4.65 Clay 2.5 3.6 0.023<br />
BH34 1.5-2.0 Sandy gravel - 3.2 0.03<br />
GM73 3.9-4.35 Sand 2.6 2.4 0.043<br />
GM74 3.15-3.6 Clayey sand - 3.7 0.016<br />
Pump Stn L 3.0-3.45 Clayey silt 4.3
SOILS AND GEOTECHNICAL 15<br />
The results indicate no actual or potential acid sulphate soils based on pH before and after<br />
oxidation and that potential for acid production from these soils is very limited.<br />
Acid Sulphate Testing<br />
The methodology adopted for the acid sulphate soils investigation was based on acid sulphate<br />
guidelines established by the EPA and more recent guidelines developed by the EPA,<br />
Department of Urban Affairs and Planning and the Acid Sulphate Soils Management Advisory<br />
Committee (1997).<br />
Seventeen samples were recovered from borehole locations, stored in airtight plastic bags at<br />
below 4°C and sent to the Centre for Coastal Management at Southern Cross University for<br />
analysis. Sample analysis involved screening testing to assess pH, total sulphur (%S) and total<br />
carbon (%C). At selected locations (2) where the total sulphur content exceeded the action<br />
criteria guidelines, more detailed testing involving oxidisable sulphur (%SOx), POSA, peroxide<br />
oxidisable sulphuric acidity (kg H 2 SO 4 /tonne), total actual acidity (TAA) and total potential<br />
acidity (TPA) were undertaken with assessment of lime neutralising requirements for the soils.<br />
Laboratory acid sulphate test results are summarised in Table 2-8.<br />
Table 2-7 Action Criteria Based on ASS Soil Analysis and Soil Texture<br />
Texture Soil type Approx<br />
clay<br />
content %<br />
Action criteria<br />
Oxidisable sulphur<br />
% S<br />
Coarse Sands to loamy sands 40 0.1 64<br />
Acid Sulphate Soils Management Advisory Committee (1977)<br />
Acid<br />
Mol H + / tonne<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
SOILS AND GEOTECHNICAL 16<br />
Bore<br />
Table 2-8 Acid Sulphate Test Results, Total Actual and Potential Acidity<br />
Depth<br />
(m)<br />
Soil<br />
Type<br />
Ph<br />
(water)<br />
Total<br />
Sulphur<br />
%<br />
Oxidisable<br />
Sulphur<br />
%<br />
POSA<br />
Kg H 2 SO 4<br />
/ tonne<br />
Neutral.<br />
Req. *<br />
Kg lime/m 3<br />
RCA1 1.0-1.1 Silty sand 5.7 0.04<br />
RCA3 0.5-0.6 Clay 5.8 0.05<br />
RCA4 0.9-1.0 Organic clay 6.1 0.06<br />
RCA4 0.7-0.8 Sand 6.0 0.01<br />
RCA5 0.6-1.0 Clayey sand 7.7 0.15<br />
RCA5 0.3-0.4 Organic sand 7.5 0.22 0.096 3.0 0<br />
RCA8 0.6 Clayey silt 6.4 0.06<br />
RCA8 1.5 Silty clay 6.6 0.06<br />
RCA9 0.3-0.4 Clay 6.8 0.03<br />
RCA11 0.3 Clayey silt 6.1 0.31<br />
RCA11 0.9 Clay 7.3 0.58 0.272 8.5 7.1<br />
RCA12 0.2 Gravelly clay 5.3 0.06<br />
RCA13 0.4 Clayey sand 5.9 0.04<br />
RCA14 0.2-0.3 Clayey silt 4.4 0.04<br />
RCA15 0.3-0.4 Silty clay 5.7 0.06<br />
RCA16 0.2-0.3 Clayey sand 4.7 0.04<br />
RCA17 0.4-0.5 Silty clay 5.1 0.03<br />
* Neutralising requirements based on TPA results; POSA = peroxide oxidisable sulphur analysis; TPA = total potential acidity<br />
Results indicate that, apart from bores RCA5 and 11, none of the samples tested would be<br />
classified as actual or potential acid sulphate soils. The soil profile at bore RCA5 on the<br />
northern shore of Symes Bay comprised dark grey estuarine clayey sands with the soil profile<br />
at RCA11 at the mouth of Tarbuck Creek comprising estuarine clays and silts with some sand<br />
layers. The soil tested from bore RCA5 had zero potential acidity (TPA) indicating that the soil<br />
at the depth tested has sufficient buffering capacity (ie. carbonates such as shell fragments) to<br />
neutralise acid that would result from oxidisation of the sulphur. At bore RCA11, the soil tested<br />
did not have inherent buffering capacity and on oxidation the soil would require in the order of<br />
7kg of lime per cubic metre for neutralisation.<br />
The soils encountered at locations RCA5 and RCA11 would be classsified as PASS.<br />
The tested POSA values at bores RCA5 and 11 greater than the threshold of 0.31kg H 2 SO 4 /<br />
tonne of soil and 1.54kg H 2 SO 4 / tonne used by the NSW EPA (1995) for sandy and clayey<br />
soils and would be considered as having a high risk of acid generation.<br />
2.3.7 Groundwater Quality<br />
Three samples of groundwater were collected from piezometers installed in bores RCA4,<br />
RCA11 (estuarine area) and RCA13 (aeolian sands) and tested for general water quality<br />
indicators.. The locations and soil types are noted below with laboratory results presented in<br />
Table 2-9:<br />
• RCA 4 – Sandbar camping area, beach sand soils (fill?) over muddy estuarine sands.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
SOILS AND GEOTECHNICAL 17<br />
• RCA11 – Tarbuck Bay at the mouth of Tarbuck Creek, estuarine / alluvial clays and muddy<br />
sands.<br />
• RCA13 – Eagle Nest Parade, Smiths Lake Village adjacent to Pumping Station O. Wind<br />
blown and alluvial sands over residual clay soils.<br />
Table 2-9 Groundwater Quality<br />
Analyte<br />
Bore Hole Location<br />
RCA13 RCA11 RCA4<br />
Calcium 13.5 34.6 1.9<br />
Magnesium 10 110 2.1<br />
Sodium 65.4 1250 24.8<br />
Potassium 3.8 57.3 2.4<br />
Carbonate nd nd nd<br />
Bicarbonate 52 13 15<br />
Sulphate 24 418 14<br />
Chloride 87 1944 16<br />
Nitrate .05 .02 .03<br />
E.C. (µS/cm) 321 7292 127<br />
Field pH (pH units) 6.6 5.7 5.8<br />
TDS 205 4667 81<br />
Cl/SO 4 (ratio by<br />
mass)<br />
3.6 4.7 1.1<br />
All results are expressed in mg/l, unless otherwise stated. nd – not detected<br />
The results of the testing indicate that the groundwater has the following characteristics:<br />
• Sodium is the dominant cation in all groundwater bores<br />
• Chloride is the dominant anion in bores RCA13 and 11, with chloride, bicarbonate and<br />
sulphate at similar levels in bore RCA4.<br />
• Near neutral pH in RCA13 with slightly acidic groundwater in bores RCA11 and 4.<br />
• Salinity varies from fresh (Bores RCA13 and 4) to brackish/ saline (Bore RCA11). The<br />
significantly higher EC value at bore RCA11 is likely to be a result of the close proximity of<br />
the bore to a brackish creek near the edge of Smiths Lake.<br />
• Nitrate levels were found to be low.<br />
Groundwater samples from pump station sites were analysed by The Department of Public<br />
Works & Services in the SLVA as part of the Pacific Palms Sewerage Scheme. Results are<br />
presented in Table 2-10 and indicate:<br />
• Near neutral to slightly acidic pH.<br />
• Higher chloride and sulphate concentrations in groundwater within the rock mass which<br />
was deposited under marine conditions (Yagon Siltstone).<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
SOILS AND GEOTECHNICAL 18<br />
Table 2-10 Groundwater Quality – Pump station sites (DPWS)<br />
Location<br />
Analyte<br />
Pump<br />
stn L<br />
Pump<br />
stn O<br />
Pump<br />
stn P<br />
Pump<br />
stn Q<br />
Pump<br />
stn R<br />
Pump<br />
stn U<br />
Lake<br />
water<br />
Field pH 6.2 6.1 6.8 5.5 6.4 6.6 7.4<br />
Chloride 64 99 740 320 530 250 15000<br />
Sulphate 60 9 80 60 50 3 1900<br />
Cl/SO 4 (ratio by mass) 1.1 11 9.2 5.3 11 83 7.9<br />
Iron 91 680 240 74 310 49 1.1<br />
Aluminum 190 1200 350 180 780 210 10<br />
Material<br />
6m clay 2m sand rock 3m silt rock 2m sand<br />
Depth to groundwater<br />
(m)<br />
All results are expressed in mg/l, unless otherwise stated.<br />
& silt - rock<br />
- rock<br />
- rock<br />
4.3 1.2 6 5.8 7.8 1.6<br />
Table 2-11 outlines the criteria established for assessing the presence, or former presence, of<br />
acid sulphate soils based on the chloride to sulphate ratio and the pH of the samples. The<br />
groundwater samples indicate the presence of pyritic material which is in agreement with total<br />
sulphur values noted in Table 2-8. However the pH values suggest the presence of a buffering<br />
agent. It should be noted that the ratio of sulphate to chloride becomes less predictive with low<br />
salinity ratios and as such the results of the water analyses are not considered to be as reliable<br />
as those of the soil analyses for RCA 4 and 13.<br />
Table 2-11 EPA Criteria to Assess the Probable Presence of Pyritic Material<br />
pH Cl-:SO4-2 (by mass) Assessment<br />
6 to 8 approx. 7 No pyritic material present or pyrite has not<br />
been oxidised at any time<br />
< 5 approx. 7 No pyritic material present or pyrite has not<br />
been oxidised at any time and low pH can be<br />
attributed to other causes<br />
6 to 8 < 2, if < 4 do further analysis Presence of pyritic material plus the presence<br />
of a buffering agent<br />
< 5 < 2, if < 4 do further analysis Presence of pyritic material with little<br />
buffering agent<br />
Source: NSW EPA, DUAP, ASSMAC, 1997, Acid Sulphate Soils: Assessment and Management Guidelines.<br />
2.4 Landuse<br />
2.4.1 Smiths Lake Village Area<br />
The Smiths Lake Village Area (SLVA) comprises an urban residential area with sewer, town<br />
water, stormwater and electrical services. The roads are predominantly sealed with stormwater<br />
drainage via concrete kerb and gutters as well as unlined table drains.<br />
Residential development comprises predominantly brick structures founded on slab or strip /<br />
pad foundation systems with some pole frame residences on steep slope areas. On the moderate<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
SOILS AND GEOTECHNICAL 19<br />
to steeper slopes, extensive cutting, filling and retaining wall construction has been undertaken<br />
for access and landscaping.<br />
2.4.2 Smiths Lake Area<br />
The remainder of the <strong>study</strong> area comprises rural properties typically 5Ha to 30Ha in area with<br />
small urban residential communities at Tarbuck Bay and Charlotte Bay. Sandbar Caravan Park<br />
covers an area of about 1km 2 between Symes Bay and the beach at Cellito / Sandbar.<br />
Two small shale quarry pits are situated on the southern side of the access road to Sandbar. It is<br />
likely that these pits are or have been used as a local source of pavement gravels for minor<br />
roads.<br />
2.5 Terrain Classification<br />
The <strong>study</strong> area can be subdivided into terrain units which outline areas of similar physical<br />
characteristics on the basis of landform, slope angle, drainage, soil type, soil origin and<br />
groundwater. Each terrain unit defines a set of physical characteristics that will impose<br />
constraints on landuse in terms of geotechnical hazards such as:<br />
• Slope stability<br />
• Soil erosion<br />
• Acid sulphate soils<br />
• Foundation bearing capacity<br />
Table 2-12 describes each of the terrain units in terms of physical characteristics and<br />
Table 2-13 outlines risks associated with geotechnical hazards for each of the terrain units.<br />
Table 2-12 Terrain Units – Physical Characteristics<br />
Unit Soil Origin Soil / Rock Type Typical<br />
soil depth<br />
(m)<br />
R1 Residual Clay and siltstone<br />
/ sandstone rock<br />
R2 Residual Clay and siltstone<br />
Slope<br />
Gradient<br />
(%)<br />
Topography<br />
40 Steep upper ridge slopes. Scarps<br />
along <strong>lake</strong> shore.<br />
0.5 – 1 25 – 40 Ridge crests and upper to mid slopes<br />
/ sandstone rock<br />
R3 Residual Clay 1 – 2 10 – 25 Rounded hillslopes and footslopes<br />
R4 Residual Clay >2 3 5 5 5 10 – 25 Gentle to moderate sandhills and<br />
sheets<br />
S3 Aeolian Sand >5 25 – 40 Moderate to steep sandhills<br />
S4 Aeolian Sand >5 >40 Very steep sand hills with soil creep<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
SOILS AND GEOTECHNICAL 20<br />
Unit<br />
Landuse constraints in relation to geotechnical hazards for the terrain units are presented in<br />
Table 2-13 on the basis of risk of occurrence. The risk of slope instability is assessed based on<br />
the scheme presented in Table 2-14 which is widely used by local government authorities for<br />
zonation purposes.<br />
Soil<br />
Origin<br />
Table 2-13 Terrain Units – Geotechnical Hazard Risk Assessment<br />
Slope<br />
Gradient<br />
(%)<br />
Risk of<br />
Slope<br />
Instability<br />
Risk of Acid<br />
Sulphate<br />
Soils<br />
Erosion Hazard<br />
Risk of Low<br />
Strength<br />
Foundation<br />
Soils *<br />
R1 Residual >40 High Very low Moderate (sheet) Very low<br />
R2 Residual 25 – 40 Medium Very low Moderate (sheet) Very low<br />
R3 Residual 10 – 25 Low Very low Moderate – high Very low<br />
(sheet, gully)<br />
R4 Residual
SOILS AND GEOTECHNICAL 21<br />
Based on the geotechnical hazard risk assessment presented in Table 2-13 for slope instability,<br />
soil erosion, acid sulphate soils and low bearing capacity soils, land use constraints for the<br />
terrain units are presented in Table 2-15.<br />
Table 2-15 Land Use Constraints on the Basis of Geotechnical Hazards<br />
Unit Soil Origin Slope<br />
Gradient<br />
(%)<br />
Land Use<br />
Urban Development Potential<br />
R1 Residual >40 Severe physical limitation to urban development.<br />
Generally not suitable for development.<br />
Development would require detailed geotechnical<br />
investigation to assess feasibility with development<br />
if appropriate requiring detailed engineering design<br />
and site management.<br />
R2 Residual 25 – 40 Moderate to severe physical limitations to<br />
development that can be overcome by detailed<br />
design and site management techniques. Selective<br />
development (ie residences founded on rock, pole<br />
frame). Incorporation as backyard areas in R3 or<br />
R4. Development restrictions in relation to<br />
earthworks, site disturbance, erosion control etc are<br />
likely to apply. Development requires specific<br />
geotechnical investigation.<br />
R3 Residual 10 – 25 Minor to moderate physical limitations to<br />
development. Suitable for residential development<br />
subject to erosion control measures. Geotechnical<br />
investigation appropriate where earthworks in<br />
excess of 1m depth proposed.<br />
R4 Residual
SOILS AND GEOTECHNICAL 22<br />
2.6 Urban Capability And Development Guidelines - SLVA<br />
2.6.1 Foundation Conditions<br />
Subsurface conditions in the SLVA generally comprise clay soils overlying rock at a relatively<br />
shallow depth, typically 0.5m to 1m with some areas of surface rock outcrop. The clay soils<br />
and weathered rock materials noted in the SLVA are generally considered to be of adequate<br />
bearing capacity for residential development.<br />
Specific geotechnical assessment of soil bearing capacity should be undertaken in sand soil<br />
areas of the SLVA (terrain units S1, S2, S3 and S4).<br />
Excavation problems are likely to be encountered where rock is encountered in earthworks.<br />
Testing of rock core recovered by the Department of Public Works for the sewer reticulation<br />
indicates that the rock is of high to very high strength with tested unconfined compressive<br />
strengths in the range of 50 to 150 MPa. The orientation and spacing of rock joints and<br />
fractures will have a major influence on rock excavatability.<br />
Based on the results of linear shrinkage testing and the highly plastic nature as presented in<br />
Table 2-4, the clay soils present in the SLVA are likely to be reactive (expansive). Reactive<br />
clays are soils that swell on wetting and shrink on drying, resulting in ground movements that<br />
can damage lightly loaded structures founded on inappropriately designed footing systems. The<br />
amount of ground movement is mainly related to the physical properties and depth of the clay<br />
and environmental factors such as climate, vegetation and watering. A higher probability of<br />
damage can occur on reactive sites where abnormal moisture conditions occur, due to factors<br />
such as:<br />
• Growth of trees too close to a footing or removal of large trees prior to construction.<br />
• Lack of maintenance of site drainage, failure to repair plumbing leaks and excessive or<br />
irregular watering of gardens adjacent to the house.<br />
• Unusual moisture conditions caused by removal of structures, ground covers (pavements),<br />
drains and dams etc.<br />
Foundation design should be undertaken in accordance with AS2870 – 1996 Residential Slabs<br />
and Footings. AS2870 – 1996 establishes performance requirements and specific designs for<br />
common foundation conditions as well as providing guidance on the design of footing systems<br />
using engineering principles.<br />
2.6.2 Slope Stability<br />
Slope stability zonation for the SLVA is shown on Figure 2-2 with zones defined on the basis<br />
of risk of instability as defined in Table 2-14. Four zones have been defined:<br />
• High Risk - steep (>25-40%) sand covered slopes (ie. in the area of Amaroo Drive and<br />
along the foreshore below Ski Cove Street. Terrain units S3 and S4.<br />
• High Risk - steep (>40%) soil and rock slopes located along some foreshore areas of Symes<br />
Bay. Terrain unit R1.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
SOILS AND GEOTECHNICAL 23<br />
• Medium Risk<br />
terrain unit R3.<br />
- moderate to steep slopes. Terrain unit R2 and steeper sections of<br />
• Low Risk – gentle slopes. Terrain units A, E, S1, S2, R4 and part R3.<br />
Development in high risk zones will require specific geotechnical investigation to assess<br />
project feasibility and the geotechnical design requirements required to reduce risk to<br />
acceptable levels.<br />
Development in medium risk zones should require geotechnical assessment to assess the risk of<br />
slope instability and outline development guidelines and engineering practices appropriate for<br />
hillside construction.<br />
Typical guidelines for residential development on hillslopes are presented in Table 2-16. The<br />
guidelines are not intended for design purposes but to highlight the measures that can be<br />
undertaken in the various risk zones to minimise the risk of overall slope instability and local<br />
instability associated with excavations, fills and retaining walls.<br />
Table 2-16 Development Guidelines on the Basis of Slope Stability<br />
Risk Development Guidelines<br />
Zone<br />
Type of structure High Specific geotechnical investigation<br />
Medium Geotechnical assessment<br />
Flexible structures such as brick veneer, timber or similar are<br />
considered appropriate with measures such as split level design to<br />
minimise slope modification (ie cut and fill)<br />
Low No constraints on the type of residential structure provided all<br />
foundations are designed and constructed in accordance with<br />
AS 2870- 1996, Residential Slabs and Footings<br />
Earthworks High Specific geotechnical investigation<br />
Medium Geotechnical assessment<br />
Restriction on excavation / fill depth and batter slope<br />
Engineered retaining walls<br />
Erosion control<br />
Low Batter slopes for excavations and fills at 2H:1V or flatter with steeper<br />
batters (i.e. rock) subject to specific geotechnical assessment Erosion<br />
control<br />
Filling<br />
In accordance with AS 3798 – 1996, Guidelines on Earthworks for<br />
Commercial and Residential Development<br />
Stormwater<br />
Pipe to street drainage or inter-allotment drainage system<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
SOILS AND GEOTECHNICAL 24<br />
2.6.3 Erosion<br />
The soils of the SLVA have a moderate to high erodibility and are prone to sheet and scour<br />
erosion once disturbed. Development should be undertaken in accordance with Department of<br />
Land and Water Conservation guidelines. The following guidelines can be adopted in <strong>planning</strong><br />
and development to minimise the impact of erosion and sedimentation:<br />
• Investigate site features to ensure that land capability and the proposed development are<br />
compatible.<br />
• Undertake development in accordance with an erosion and sediment control plan.<br />
• Undertake erosion control involving managing runoff at a non- erosive velocity, controlling<br />
runoff onto, through and from the site, minimising the duration and area of soil exposed<br />
during earthworks and providing protection for the soil surface.<br />
• Undertake sediment control involving trapping and containing soil particles that have been<br />
eroded.<br />
• Undertake rehabilitation and re-vegetation of disturbed areas within 14 days of completion<br />
of earthworks. Re-use topsoil.<br />
• Maintain erosion and sediment control measures.<br />
2.6.4 Acid Sulphate Soils<br />
Acid sulphate soil investigation should be undertaken for all developments proposed in the<br />
medium and high risk areas as shown on Figure 2-2. This includes all activities where soils are<br />
to be excavated or disturbed (roadworks, foundations, drains etc) and where groundwater levels<br />
may be lowered (drains, groundwater extraction etc). Investigation should comprise a detailed<br />
soil survey with analytical data on the sulfide content down the profile. The acid producing<br />
potential of the soil needs to be quantified and evaluated in the con<strong>text</strong> of the local<br />
environment.<br />
Where areas of acid sulphate soil are quantified (analytical results exceed the action criteria<br />
outlined in Table 2-7), options are to avoid the area / site identified or undertake development<br />
in accordance with an Acid Sulphate Management Plan. The plan should provide a framework<br />
for the on going management and monitoring of the impacts throughout construction and<br />
operation of any project. The plan should comprise the following:<br />
• A summary of the soil and groundwater conditions.<br />
• Discussion of construction activities likely to impact on ASS.<br />
• The expected degree of impact of construction activities.<br />
• Control and management of construction activities to minimise impact.<br />
• Monitoring requirements to assess impacts.<br />
• Contingencies should monitoring demonstrate the occurrence of significant impact.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
SOILS AND GEOTECHNICAL 25<br />
There are various methods to treat or manage ASS:<br />
• Avoidance of acid sulphate soils.<br />
• Prevention of pyrite oxidation such as burial below the watertable.<br />
• Neutralisation by addition of agents such as lime. Neutralisation is likely to only be a viable<br />
option for sandy soils.<br />
• Separation and treatment (usually only applicable to large scale dredging operations).<br />
2.6.5 On Site Effluent Disposal<br />
The occurrence of moderate slopes, medium to heavy clay subsoils and the shallow depth to<br />
rock are major constraints to the use of on site effluent disposal systems. All septic waste<br />
disposal should be connected to the reticulated system.<br />
2.7 Land Use Capability And Development Guidelines - SLA<br />
2.7.1 Foundation Conditions<br />
Foundation design should be undertaken in accordance with AS2870 – 1996 Residential Slabs<br />
and Footings.<br />
2.7.2 Slope Stability<br />
Slope stability zonation for the SLA is shown on with zones defined on the basis of risk of<br />
instability as defined in Table 2-14. Development guidelines are the same as the SLVA as<br />
outlined in Section 2.6.2.<br />
2.7.3 Erosion<br />
The soils of the SLA have a moderate to high erodibility and are prone to sheet and scour<br />
erosion once disturbed. Development should be undertaken in accordance with guidelines<br />
outlined in Section 2.6.3.<br />
2.7.4 Acid Sulphate Soils<br />
As outlined in Section 2.6.4, acid sulphate soil investigation should be undertaken for all<br />
development proposed in the medium and high risk areas as shown on Figure 2-2.<br />
2.7.5 On Site Effluent Disposal<br />
On site effluent disposal should be subject to specific investigation in accordance with the<br />
guidelines of On-site Sewage Management for Single Households, 1998, prepared by the<br />
Department of Local Government.<br />
Areas of terrain units R3 and R4 and A are the only units likely to meet the above guidelines in<br />
terms of slope gradient, soil type and depth, flooding and proximity to water bodies and<br />
drainage paths. This would need to be confirmed by specific investigation.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
SOILS AND GEOTECHNICAL 26<br />
60<br />
Plasticity Index (%)<br />
50<br />
40<br />
30<br />
20<br />
10<br />
0<br />
A-line<br />
0 20 40 60 80 100 120<br />
Liquid Limit (%)<br />
Figure 2-4 Plasticity Chart for Classifying Fine-Grained Soils by Unified Soil<br />
Classification System<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
FLOODING AND DRAINAGE 27<br />
3 FLOODING AND DRAINAGE<br />
3.1 Site Characteristics and Available Data<br />
3.1.1 Topography and Watercourses<br />
The catchments of the major watercourses within the <strong>study</strong> areas are delineated in Figure 3-1.<br />
The majority of the SLA and SLVA drains to Smiths Lake, with the remainder draining to<br />
Wallis Lake. The areas of these major catchments are listed below:<br />
• Wamwarra Creek = 7.2 km 2<br />
• Tarbuck Creek = 2.1 km 2<br />
• Duck Creek = 5.1 km 2<br />
• Wallis Creek = 8.5 km 2<br />
The dominant features of the topography of the <strong>study</strong> area are:<br />
• On the eastern boundary of the SLA, a steep-sided ridge line runs north to south separating<br />
the Wallis Creek catchment from the sea. This ridge is dominated by Yaric peak at 216<br />
mAHD and slopes of up to 50%;<br />
• South-west of the <strong>Lakes</strong> Way, the Wallis Creek catchment is rather low-lying and swampy.<br />
A number of artificial <strong>lake</strong>s have been created possibly from sand mining activities;<br />
• In the centre of the SLA a ridge line running north-west to south-east separate the<br />
Wamwarra Creek and Tarbuck Creek catchments from the Wallis Creek and Duck Creek<br />
catchments.<br />
• In the western portion of the SLA a ridge lines running north-west to south-east separates<br />
Jacks Creek (a tributary of Wamwarra Creek) from the lower catchment of Wamwarra<br />
Creek.<br />
• The SLVA topography is comprised of a number of short ridges running from the north to<br />
the south at Smiths Lake. A number of minor creeks and gullies run between these ridges.<br />
Smiths Lake was formed as a barrier lagoon with a coastal sand dune barrier on the eastern<br />
shore (south-east of the SLVA).<br />
Dunes occur in the eastern part but are more extensive to the east and south of the <strong>study</strong> areas.<br />
Wind movements mainly affect the beach zone but note for example comments in Section<br />
10.5.2 on Symes Bay.<br />
3.1.2 Rainfall and Flood Data<br />
Webb (1998) quotes a Bureau of Meteorology record for Station 60013 (Forster Post Office)<br />
giving an average annual rainfall of 1215 mm and annual median rainfall of 1206 mm for the<br />
period 1896 to 1997.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
FLOODING AND DRAINAGE 28<br />
Based on Australian Rainfall and Runoff (IEAust, 1987), the design rainfall intensities for the<br />
SLA and SLVA are listed in Table 3-1 below.<br />
Average<br />
Table 3-1 Design Rainfall Intensities (mm/h)<br />
Duration<br />
Recurrence Interval 1 hour 12 hour 72 hour<br />
2 years 40.0 8.0 2.5<br />
50 years 76.0 13.6 4.6<br />
Regional skew is listed as 0.01 and F2 and F50 values are listed as 4.32 and 16.15 respectively.<br />
Willing and Partners (1996) states that DLWC and NSW Department of Works and Services<br />
(through Manly Hydraulics Laboratory, MHL) do not operate any gauging stations or have any<br />
data on discharge of flood levels relating to the Smiths Lake catchment.<br />
3.1.3 Groundwater Characteristics<br />
Groundwater within the <strong>study</strong> area occurs in aquifer systems within either fractured rock or<br />
unconsolidated sediments. The Department of Land and Water Conservation has indicated that<br />
there are no registered groundwater sources or bores within the <strong>study</strong> area.<br />
The Carboniferous Age rocks have been subject to considerable folding and faulting and this<br />
has resulted in a network of joints and fractures that can store and transmit water. Groundwater<br />
generally infiltrates fractures near the surface in topographically high areas and drains through<br />
the fractures and joints until it discharges into the surface drainage system. Groundwater<br />
quality within fractured rock aquifers is likely to be variable with higher salinity values in areas<br />
where the sedimentary rocks have a marine origin such as the Yagon Siltstone.<br />
Areas of unconsolidated sediment within the <strong>study</strong> area comprise:<br />
• alluvial sediments (Unit A) along drainage paths. These areas are characterised by clayey<br />
sediments and as such groundwater availability is likely to be very low.<br />
• Estuarine (Unit E) sandy and muddy sediments in low lying coastal backdune areas.<br />
Groundwater availability and quality in these areas can vary considerably due to the<br />
complex depositional history and the interaction between marine and fluviatile<br />
environments. In general, groundwater occurs as lenses of fresh water overlying denser<br />
brackish or saline waters with recharge from rainfall. Groundwater availability in these<br />
areas is likely to be restricted to low yield non potable (drinking) supplies.<br />
• Aeolian (wind blown) coastal sand beds and dunes (Unit S). These sediments are usually<br />
characterised by low salinity, high yield and potable groundwater reserves with recharge<br />
from rainfall. The extent of clean sand beds within the <strong>study</strong> area is restricted to sandhills at<br />
Sandbar. A potential constraint on groundwater usage in the Sandbar area would be the<br />
potential for salt water intrusion with over pumping.<br />
An assessment of groundwater quality is presented in Section 2.3.7.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
FLOODING AND DRAINAGE 29<br />
3.2 Flooding and Drainage Issues<br />
Flooding and drainage issues in the SLA and SLVA is dominated by three types of flooding<br />
resulting in inundation:<br />
• elevated ocean levels;<br />
• creek flooding;<br />
• combination of both of these.<br />
These issues are discussed further below.<br />
3.2.1 Elevated Ocean Levels<br />
Elevated ocean levels have the potential to result on rises in Smiths Lake water levels due to<br />
sea water flowing from the sea to Smiths Lake via the entrance (either open or closed). These<br />
elevated ocean levels can be the result of any one or a combination of the following natural<br />
causes, briefly described below:<br />
• Wind Set-up: When strong wind blows over an open body of water (eg. during a cyclone<br />
as wind blows from the east over the ocean), drag forces result in a transportation of water<br />
towards the coast causing a rise in water level.<br />
• Inverse Barometric Effect: Cyclones and other low pressure systems are accompanied by a<br />
drop in atmospheric pressure resulting in a flow of water from high pressure areas to the<br />
areas experiencing low pressure. When combined with wind se-up, this effect is called<br />
Storm Surge;<br />
• Wave Set-up: Wave set-up occurs shoreward of the breaker zone resulting in a concave<br />
upward shape of the water surface. At the shore this causes a rise in water level.<br />
• High Tides: Normal tidal variations result in two high tides per day. When these coincide<br />
with the other phenomena described here, then the peak water levels can occur;<br />
• Eustatic Changes (ie. The Greenhouse Effect): Increasing concentrations within the<br />
earth’s atmosphere of various gases, largely derived from the burning of fossil fuels, are<br />
trapping solar radiation. The resulting global warming (enhanced Greenhouse effect) has<br />
the potential to change weather systems, rainfall patterns, wind velocities and, significantly,<br />
cause mean sea level to rise. CSIRO (1998) states that sea level rise by 2050 is expected to<br />
be between 10cm and 40cm, with a ‘best guess’ of 20cm.<br />
It is a large and complex <strong>study</strong> to consider the effects of all of these factors to result in a peak<br />
ocean elevated level for <strong>planning</strong> purposes. A <strong>study</strong> of this size is beyond the scope of this<br />
<strong>study</strong>. However, estimates can be drawn from nearby studies of a similar nature.<br />
In 1989 AWACS assessed the elevated ocean levels at the two Manning River entrances at<br />
Harrington and Old Bar (Farquhar Inlet). Given that the latter entrance is similar in nature to<br />
the Smiths Lake entrance (ie. shallow and sometimes closed) as well as only 50km to the north<br />
of the <strong>study</strong> area, it is reasonable to assume that the elevated ocean levels will be similar.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
FLOODING AND DRAINAGE 30<br />
The AWACS <strong>study</strong> concluded that the elevated ocean levels for Old Bar are those listed in<br />
Table 3-2. However, due to this <strong>study</strong> being completed in 1989, it did not account for the<br />
Greenhouse Effect. Hence, a conservative value of 0.2m is added to the Old Bar values to<br />
derive appropriate levels for <strong>planning</strong> purposes.<br />
Average Recurrence<br />
Interval (years)<br />
Table 3-2 Elevated Ocean Levels<br />
Old Bar Levels (mAHD)<br />
(from AWACS, 1989)<br />
Recommended Smiths<br />
Lake Levels (mAHD)<br />
20 1.9 2.1<br />
50 2.0 2.2<br />
100 2.1 2.3<br />
During a cyclonic event that would result in such elevated ocean levels, it is conceivable that<br />
ocean water would flow into Smiths Lake with little hindrance from the entrance. Hence, it<br />
could be conservatively assumed that these ocean levels are a useful guide for extreme levels<br />
within Smiths Lake.<br />
In considering the combination of runoff into Smiths Lake adding to these levels, it needs to be<br />
recognised that the resulting <strong>lake</strong> level will only be sufficient to maintain the hydraulic gradient<br />
from the <strong>lake</strong> to the ocean for draining the catchment runoff. Given the relative efficiency of<br />
the entrance (ie. compared with a river), it is unlikely that this level will be significantly higher<br />
than that in the ocean.<br />
It is also possible that a cyclone could result in significant erosion of the entrance. This would<br />
allow penetration of ocean waves into Smiths Lake causing higher levels of inundation due to<br />
wave setup on the east-facing shores. However, to quantify and confirm this phenomena is a<br />
complex task requiring consideration of such issues as <strong>lake</strong> bathymetry, storm orientation and<br />
entrance conditions. It is suggested that assessment of this issue could be included in a coastal<br />
hazard <strong>study</strong>.<br />
3.2.2 Creek Flooding<br />
RAFTS-XP Modelling<br />
As described in Section 3.1.1, there are a number of watercourses in the SLA. The flood flows<br />
associated with these catchments were analysed using the runoff routing program RAFTS-XP.<br />
Each of the major catchments was modelled using site characteristics such as area, slope, creek<br />
shape, degree of urbanisation and vegetation cover.<br />
1% AEP Design Flows<br />
Using the design rainfall data presented in Section 3.1.2, design flood events were simulated<br />
using the RAFTS-XP models of the catchments. The critical durations for the catchments were<br />
in the order of one hour. The peak flows for the 1% AEP flood events are shown in Figure 3-2<br />
for the major catchments.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
FLOODING AND DRAINAGE 31<br />
3.2.3 Floodway, Flood Fringe and Flood Storage Areas<br />
Hydrological runoff routing modelling, as described above, will allow quantification of the<br />
flows resulting from specific design rainfall events. However, in order to define peak flood<br />
levels, these flows are used as input into hydraulic models (eg. MIKE-11, HEC-RAS etc).<br />
These models require accurate definition of creek cross-sections and flood storage details.<br />
This level of survey data was not available for this <strong>study</strong>. Hence, it was not possible to<br />
accurately define the boundaries of floodways without this detailed hydraulic modelling.<br />
In order to assist with the <strong>planning</strong> process of this <strong>study</strong>, estimations of areas of floodway,<br />
flood fringe and flood storage were determined based on the derived peak flows and the limited<br />
topographical information available (2m contour intervals from photogrammetry). These<br />
estimated areas are presented in Figure 3-3.<br />
This figure also shows an approximation of the 2.3 mAHD contour as the flood storage<br />
delineation based on elevated ocean levels. Due to the steepness of most of the catchments and<br />
the probability that the peak runoff will not be associated with a cyclonic event resulting in<br />
elevated <strong>lake</strong> levels, there would be little effect of this tailwater level of 2.3 mAHD on creek<br />
flooding behaviour.<br />
It is difficult to justify detailed hydraulic modelling of all catchments in the SLA if only a<br />
portion of the area will be developed. It is, therefore, recommended that detailed hydraulic<br />
modelling be limited to those areas proposed for development and that these studies be carried<br />
out in conjunction with the regular <strong>planning</strong> approvals process (eg. DA). This will allow an<br />
appropriate focus on the watercourses of interest to each particular development proposal.<br />
3.3 Impacts of Development<br />
3.3.1 Impacts of Residential Development on Flooding<br />
The most significant impact of residential (or commercial) development on catchment<br />
hydrology is a resulting increase in peak flow and <strong>volume</strong> of runoff. This is due to the increase<br />
in impervious areas associated with development. These impervious areas allow less<br />
infiltration (ie. more rainfall becomes runoff) and are also more hydraulically efficient (ie.<br />
runoff flows faster to the catchment outlet).<br />
As an example of the possible increases in peak flow and runoff for the SLA, a simulation of<br />
the development of the entire Tarbuck Creek catchment to medium density residential area was<br />
conducted. It was assumed for this assessment that the impervious portion of the developed<br />
catchment was 30%. It was also assumed that there are no detention measures employed within<br />
the developed catchment.<br />
The resulting increases in runoff are presented in Figure 3-4. This figure shows a resulting<br />
increase in peak flow of approximately 34.4% and an increase in runoff <strong>volume</strong> of 34.5%.<br />
These percentage increases would be higher for smaller catchments and for higher densities of<br />
development.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
FLOODING AND DRAINAGE 32<br />
60<br />
50<br />
Natural<br />
Urbanised<br />
40<br />
30<br />
20<br />
10<br />
0<br />
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 Time 1 (hours) 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2 2.2<br />
Figure 3-4 Impacts of Development on Tarbuck Creek 1% AEP Flows<br />
These higher flows and greater runoff <strong>volume</strong>s will also result in higher flood levels and<br />
increased velocities. This usually causes scour of the creek bed and under-cutting of creek<br />
banks. The subsequent bank slump into the creek can produce sedimentation of the creeks<br />
further downstream where slopes are flatter and velocities are lower. This sedimentation is in<br />
addition to the increased sediment load coming from the catchment through inappropriate<br />
construction practices.<br />
All of the impacts described above are able to be mitigated to varying degrees through the<br />
implementation of a workable Stormwater Management Plan. A plan would need to be created<br />
for each area of land to be developed taking into account the specifics of the site’s<br />
characteristics (eg. soil types, slopes, type of development). These issues are discussed in more<br />
detail in Section 4.<br />
3.3.2 Impacts of Filling for Residential Development in SLVA<br />
The primary impacts on the hydrological regime of filling for residential development include:<br />
• loss of flood storage causing increased flood levels in some circumstances; and<br />
• loss of floodway conveyance causing reduced flow capacity, increased velocities and flood<br />
levels.<br />
These two impacts are discussed below.<br />
Loss of Flood Storage<br />
In applying the first of these principles to the SLA, an important characteristic of the flood<br />
behaviour requires consideration. As described in Section 3.2.1, the peak flood levels around<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
FLOODING AND DRAINAGE 33<br />
the perimeter of the <strong>lake</strong> are dominated by elevated ocean levels. It has been assumed that the<br />
level in Smiths Lake will rise during cyclonic events due to inflow of water from the ocean to<br />
the <strong>lake</strong>.<br />
This filling, and the ultimate peak level, is independent of the <strong>volume</strong> of available flood storage<br />
in Smiths Lake. The <strong>lake</strong> will continue to fill until an equal level is reached in both the <strong>lake</strong><br />
and the ocean.<br />
Hence, the filling of flood storage land around the perimeter of the <strong>lake</strong> will not result in an<br />
increase in the peak flood levels predicted for the <strong>lake</strong>.<br />
Loss of Conveyance<br />
If filling takes place on land that is currently designated as floodway (or even flood fringe),<br />
there will be a loss of flood conveyance resulting in increased flood levels and velocities. It is<br />
difficult to properly mitigate against these impacts and should be avoided if possible. Creek<br />
banks can be protected from scour by rock protection, but this can also result in the loss of<br />
riparian vegetation and changes to the hydrological behaviour of the creek system (eg. flood<br />
timings etc).<br />
3.3.3 Impacts of Residential Development on Groundwater<br />
Residential development will result in an increase in impervious areas causing a decrease in the<br />
<strong>volume</strong> of water infiltrating to the groundwater table as recharge. In the clay and rock areas<br />
(Figure 2-1), groundwater recharge through infiltration of the low permeability clay and<br />
weather rock is likely to be minimal and as such the potential impact of residential development<br />
in these areas on groundwater levels is likely to be negligible. The degree to which residential<br />
development would lower the groundwater levels in the higher permeability sand areas will<br />
depend on the ratio of impervious surface area to uncovered areas. This ratio would need to be<br />
relatively high before a noticable lowering of groundwater levels occured. The effects may be<br />
minimised by other factors such as the groundwater gradient and recharge from adjacent areas.<br />
If some of the recommended stormwater management measures involving infiltration (see<br />
Section 4) are adopted, then there is potential for a lessening of this effect. However, there is<br />
also the potential for an increase in the pollutant load in the groundwater from the urban<br />
stormwater.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
STORMWATER MANAGEMENT 34<br />
4 STORMWATER MANAGEMENT<br />
4.1 Introduction<br />
This section of the report assesses stormwater management requirements for both the SLA and<br />
SLVA. The approach taken in regard to this issue, and the findings of our assessments are<br />
closely related to the Water Quality Sensitivity Mapping activities discussed in Section 7.<br />
In accordance with acceptable and contemporary stormwater management <strong>planning</strong> practice,<br />
this <strong>study</strong> has not just considered stormwater from a drainage perspective. An holistic<br />
viewpoint has been taken, making appropriate stormwater management recommendations<br />
based on the consideration of a wide range of issues, including the following:<br />
• receiving water environmental and ambient quality characteristics;<br />
• catchment characteristics such as slope, soil type and vegetation cover; and<br />
• development characteristics, such as urban density and how stormwater infrastructure can<br />
be integrated within urban area layouts.<br />
In this regard, firstly the receiving environment characteristics of the <strong>study</strong> catchments are<br />
described, and whole of catchment stormwater/pollutant export objectives are specified.<br />
Subsequently, relevant stormwater management actions that are recommended to apply across<br />
the entire catchment are introduced, and finally additional actions required in areas of specific<br />
stormwater related ‘sensitivity’ are discussed.<br />
4.2 Receiving Environment Implications<br />
Section 7.2 of this report presents a summary of available water quality data for both Wallis<br />
and Smiths <strong>Lakes</strong>. Other discussion contained in Section 7 introduces the recommendations of<br />
this <strong>study</strong> that there be a ‘no worsening’ criteria applied with respect to non-point source<br />
(stormwater) pollutant export. This recommendation is a key influence on the acceptable<br />
nature of development and stormwater infrastructure within the SLA and SLVA.<br />
4.3 Whole of Study Area Considerations<br />
As described above, both Smiths and Wallis <strong>Lakes</strong> are sensitive to significant changes in<br />
catchment/stormwater pollutant export. The basic reasons for this are:<br />
• Smiths Lake is in an almost ‘natural’ condition and has little capacity for assimilating<br />
change in catchment loads due to the long retention times of the <strong>lake</strong> and occasional vertical<br />
water column stratification; and<br />
• Wallis Lake nutrient levels are already higher than desirable due to other catchment inputs<br />
and the poor flushing characteristics of the southern sections of the <strong>lake</strong>.<br />
Given the above, this <strong>planning</strong> <strong>study</strong> must aim for a no worsening scenario with future<br />
development in terms of total stormwater pollutant export to the <strong>lake</strong>s.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
STORMWATER MANAGEMENT 35<br />
This <strong>study</strong> aims to achieve this goal via a three-fold approach, as follows:<br />
• the development of a range of overall site/catchment drainage <strong>planning</strong> principles (or Best<br />
Planning Practices (BPP’s));<br />
• the development of a ‘suite’ of relevant stormwater Best Management Practices (BMP’s) to<br />
be applied in association with the aforementioned BPP’s; and<br />
• use of catchment/receiving water quality sensitivity mapping, (Section 7) to identify areas<br />
which will require ‘extra’ attention.<br />
In this regard, we propose that those areas of low, moderate and high receiving water quality<br />
sensitivity identified in Section 7 of this <strong>study</strong> be directed to apply progressively greater ranges<br />
of the aforementioned BPP’s and BMP’s in order to guarantee environmental protection.<br />
Figure 4-1 Water Resource Planning Units<br />
The above approach is compatible with the Water Sensitive<br />
Urban Design (WSUD) approach promulgated in Whelans<br />
et. al. (1994). Two figures are reproduced from this<br />
reference in Figures 4.1 and 4.2 which illustrate both the<br />
proposed approach of using sensitivity mapping to identify<br />
appropriate water resources <strong>planning</strong> units (Figure 4.1) and<br />
how BMP’s and BPP’s combine to achieve an appropriate<br />
design (Figure 4.2).<br />
It should be noted at this point that the <strong>study</strong> brief called for<br />
the conceptual design of four systems including ‘traditional’,<br />
‘non-traditional’ and one based on maximising infiltration.<br />
WBM Oceanics Australia see no logical reason for such<br />
works as:<br />
• a ‘traditional’ design would violate the defined no<br />
worsening criteria for pollutant export, and as such<br />
is unacceptable;<br />
• a ‘non-traditional’ system is what is proposed; and<br />
• a system which solely maximises infiltration<br />
ignores the wide range of other stormwater<br />
management and treatment mechanisms (filtration,<br />
detention etc) and is unlikely on its own to achieve<br />
the no-worsening criteria.<br />
Figure 4-2 Water Sensitive Design Overview<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
STORMWATER MANAGEMENT 36<br />
4.4 Recommended Stormwater Best Planning Practices<br />
Definition and description of BPP’s can be difficult, and often overlaps somewhat with the<br />
more straightforward definition of BMP’s. The relevant overall site and <strong>planning</strong> principles<br />
recommended by this <strong>study</strong> for areas draining to both Wallis and Smiths <strong>Lakes</strong> are as follows.<br />
4.4.1 Protect all existing waterways<br />
Nearly all of the waterways/creeks in the <strong>study</strong> area are in a near-pristine condition due to the<br />
low density of existing urban development and lack of previous broad land clearing (Figure 4.3<br />
and Figure 4.4). Preservation and use of these waterways as sympathetic drainage corridors to<br />
Wallis and Smiths <strong>Lakes</strong> is recommended via the following actions:<br />
• Allow no development or significant disturbance within 30m of the centerline of existing<br />
waterways. This buffer area will:<br />
◊<br />
◊<br />
◊<br />
protect stream banks from erosion;<br />
filter runoff before it enters the stream; and<br />
encourage stormwater infiltration<br />
• Ensure careful design and construction of any waterway crossings.<br />
• Ensure that where concentrated stormwater is directed ‘into’ these buffers, that appropriate<br />
measures (eg. level spreaders) are used to distribute flow, preventing gully type erosion.<br />
Figure 4-3 Existing SLVA Waterway Corridors<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
STORMWATER MANAGEMENT 37<br />
Figure 4-4 Existing SLVA Waterway Corridors<br />
4.4.2 Careful Design of Sewerage System<br />
<strong>Council</strong> should consider the application of ‘extra’ design factors of safety on sewerage systems<br />
within the area to minimise the incidence of sewer overflows and spills. Such extra factors<br />
could include the following:<br />
• larger wet well capacities;<br />
• prominent alarms; and<br />
• regular checking/inspection of illegal connections and tree roots infestation of sewers.<br />
4.4.3 Appropriate Development Layouts<br />
It is proposed that the existing creeks within the <strong>study</strong> area be used as ‘trunk’ stormwater<br />
conveyance mechanisms to Wallis and Smiths Lake. Outside the buffers recommended for the<br />
creeks, we recommend that the following general development layout practices be considered:<br />
• place ‘feeder’ roads serving allotments around natural contours, and use appropriate road<br />
scale BMP’s (see Section 4.5);<br />
• larger lot sizes are recommended, especially for the areas identified in Section 7as having<br />
moderate and high receiving water quality impact potential. For such larger lot sizes,<br />
consideration should be given to having no formal stormwater drainage ‘network’, relying<br />
on overland flow, swales, rainwater tanks and infiltration measures; and<br />
• adopt development layouts which retain natural vegetation.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
STORMWATER MANAGEMENT 38<br />
4.4.4 Retention of Vegetation<br />
Where possible, as much native/existing vegetation as possible should be retained. This<br />
vegetation serves a key role in reducing soil erosion (through minimising the impact velocity of<br />
rain drops) and maintaining the soil-water balance. Much of the present SLVA development<br />
area has been undertaken in a way which achieves this goal.<br />
4.4.5 Minimisation of Directly Connected Impervious Area<br />
Wherever possible, impervious areas should not (Figure 4.5) be directly connected to trunk<br />
stormwater drainage systems. Opportunities should be explored to:<br />
• connect impervious areas to dedicated infiltration areas;<br />
• reduce the amount of impervious area by substituting modular pavers for concrete for<br />
example; and<br />
• reuse or recycle impervious area runoff (eg. rainwater tanks)<br />
Figure 4-5 Example of Directly Connected Impervious Area<br />
4.4.6 Education and Awareness<br />
Especially in the case of Smiths Lake, <strong>Council</strong> will need to consider the preparation of<br />
appropriate education and awareness raising material for council officers, builders and<br />
residents. This material will need to encompass both construction and operational stormwater<br />
issues, and is particularly important given the ‘non-traditional’ nature of proposed site<br />
stormwater management recommendations.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
STORMWATER MANAGEMENT 39<br />
4.4.7 Sediment and Erosion Control<br />
Particular attention will be required to sediment and erosion control measures within the <strong>lake</strong><br />
catchments. Due to the steep slope within much of the catchment of Smiths Lake, this will be a<br />
particular issue in this area. <strong>Council</strong> should consider extra requirements and greater<br />
surveillance/policing in this regard.<br />
4.4.8 Avoidance<br />
One stormwater BPP that <strong>Council</strong> should seriously consider for those areas identified as having<br />
high receiving water impact sensitivity may be avoidance. That is, no development/disturbance<br />
allowed within these areas.<br />
4.5 Recommended Stormwater Best Management Practices<br />
Descriptions are provided below of a ‘suite’ of BMP’s. Section 4.6 of this report provides<br />
recommendations of appropriate relationships between BPP’s, BMP’s and defined levels of<br />
receiving water quality sensitivity proposed for the <strong>study</strong> area.<br />
4.5.1 Rainwater Tanks<br />
Figure 4-6 Existing SLVA Rainwater Tanks<br />
Rainwater tanks are<br />
recommended for all future<br />
residential developments in the<br />
area. Many houses in the SLVA<br />
already have rainwater tanks<br />
(Figure 4.6). WBM Oceanics<br />
Australia strongly recommend<br />
that <strong>Council</strong> consider the use of<br />
rainwater tanks as a source of<br />
water supply for toilet flushing,<br />
as well as possible non-potable<br />
(and maybe potable) use within<br />
the house.<br />
Rainwater tank overflow should be directed to appropriately designated infiltration measures<br />
(see Section 4.5.2 below).<br />
4.5.2 On-Site Infiltration<br />
Excess stormwater/rainwater from households should be directed to suitably designed and<br />
constructed infiltration measures (Figure 4.7). Given the predominantly sandy nature of much<br />
of the soils in the SLVA, such infiltration will be very effective in controlling stormwater<br />
quantity and quality.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
STORMWATER MANAGEMENT 40<br />
Figure 4-7 Stormwater Infiltration Measures<br />
4.5.3 Overland Flow/Vegetation Filtration<br />
Wherever possible, excess stormwater should be passed off-site as diffuse overland flow,<br />
preferably being directed through areas of dense vegetation to both slow flows, filter pollutants,<br />
and encourage infiltration. Use of locally specific, native vegetation is preferred.<br />
Figure 4-8 Overland Flow<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
STORMWATER MANAGEMENT 41<br />
4.5.4 Swale Drainage<br />
Given the sandy nature of soils of much of the SLA and SLVA areas, swale drainage is<br />
recommended. Experience elsewhere in Australia and overseas has shown swales to be an<br />
extremely effective component of a stormwater treatment system where:<br />
• slopes are moderate (1000m 2 ) are<br />
proposed.<br />
With appropriate road layouts (ie. placing minor<br />
roads around contours), these criteria can all be<br />
satisfied in the area.<br />
There are many unintentional (and in some cases<br />
very steeply sloping) examples of such swales<br />
already present within the SLVA (Figure 4.9).<br />
Figure 4-9 Existing Roadside Swale - SLVA<br />
4.5.5 Appropriate Housing Form<br />
One of the major potential<br />
impacts that could occur due to<br />
expanded development of some<br />
of the steeper portions of the<br />
SLVA will occur during the<br />
housing construction phase. In<br />
this regard, WBM Oceanics<br />
Australia strongly recommend<br />
that for all areas identified as<br />
having high water quality<br />
sensitivity, that only ‘pole’<br />
housing (which has minimal lot<br />
scale earth disturbance) be<br />
allowed. In many areas of SLVA<br />
(Figure 4.10), such housing is<br />
presently used with considerable<br />
success.<br />
Figure 4-10 Existing Pole House - SLVA<br />
For areas with moderate sensitivity, all efforts should be made to minimise earthworks,<br />
possibly by allowing ‘combined’ slab on ground and pole housing. We would recommend<br />
‘conventional’ slab on ground construction only for areas of low sensitivity.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
STORMWATER MANAGEMENT 42<br />
4.5.6 Wastewater System BMP’s<br />
For sites that are unable to be connected to a reticulated sewerage system, careful design,<br />
construction and operation of wastewater treatment and disposal systems is recommended.<br />
Rather than ‘automatic’ adoption of a septic system, consideration should be given to<br />
innovative wastewater disposal and reuse option such as:<br />
• on site wastewater treatment (eg. Biocycle units) with storage and irrigation and discharge<br />
to infiltration areas only under wet weather conditions;<br />
• grey water treatment and reuse;<br />
• mounding and transpiration systems; and<br />
• composting toilets.<br />
4.5.7 Wetlands and Detention Basins<br />
The use of major structural measures such as wetlands, <strong>lake</strong>s and detention basins to manage<br />
stormwater is not considered relevant to the SLVA due to the local land form and the<br />
environmental significance and heavily vegetated nature of waterways in the area. For those<br />
portions of the larger SLA however, there may be potential for the application of such measures<br />
within more sparsely vegetated or cleared land draining to Wallis Lake via Duck and Wallis<br />
Creeks.<br />
4.6 Stormwater Management Requirements<br />
Previous sections have presented a ‘suite’ of <strong>planning</strong> and management practices which, when<br />
appropriately combined, will enable sustainable development in the SLA and SLVA area.<br />
Table 4.1 below provides <strong>Council</strong> with appropriate recommendations with respect to how these<br />
separate <strong>planning</strong> and management practices could be combined for each of the areas of<br />
sensitivity of receiving water quality protection identified in Section 7.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
STORMWATER MANAGEMENT 43<br />
Table 4-1 Stormwater Management Requirements<br />
Receiving Water Quality<br />
Sensitivity Ranking<br />
Low<br />
Moderate<br />
High<br />
BPP’s<br />
• Moderate Density<br />
• Appropriate Layouts<br />
⇒ waterway buffers<br />
⇒ WSUD road layout<br />
• Extra sewerage system<br />
measures<br />
• Vegetation retention<br />
• Education and Awareness<br />
• Low-Moderate Density<br />
• Minimise DCIA<br />
• Additional sediment and<br />
erosion control<br />
• Other measures from above<br />
• Avoidance?<br />
• Low Density<br />
• High sediment and erosion<br />
control measures<br />
• Other measures from above<br />
BMP’s<br />
• Roadside swales<br />
• Rainwater tanks<br />
• On-site infiltration<br />
• Overland flow<br />
• Wetlands and basins (Wallis<br />
Lake only)<br />
• Wastewater system BMP’s<br />
• Combined pole/slab on ground<br />
housing<br />
• Other measures from above<br />
• Pole housing only<br />
• No vegetation disturbance or<br />
clearing<br />
• Careful site access/driveway<br />
<strong>planning</strong><br />
• Other measures from above<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
FLORA 44<br />
5 FLORA<br />
5.1 Methodology for Vegetation Mapping<br />
5.1.1 Air Photo Interpretation<br />
5.1.1.1 Photo Typing<br />
The vegetation of the reserves has been mapped by means of air photo interpretation (API).<br />
The stereo-paired colour photography used were specifically for the Smiths Lake Study at a<br />
scale of 1:20000. Preliminary stratification of the vegetation into photo types was undertaken<br />
by reference to such diagnostic features as colour, <strong>text</strong>ure, crown architecture, aspect and<br />
topographic position. A process of preliminary stratification, selective field sampling and<br />
specification and interpretation adjustment was continued until a satisfactory level of<br />
confidence in photo type recognition was reached.<br />
5.1.1.2 Ground Truthing<br />
The selective field sampling (ground truthing) was undertaken over a period of 16 days from<br />
October 1998 to January 1999. During this process observations were made of the structure<br />
and floristic composition of each photo type. A species checklist was also compiled during this<br />
fieldwork, which is provided in Appendix D.<br />
5.1.1.3 Mapping<br />
The boundaries of the photo types, which are generally analogous to plant communities, were<br />
digitised from the aerial photographs using MapInfo software. The Smiths Lake Village Area<br />
was mapped at a scale of 1:5000, while the remainder of the <strong>study</strong> area was mapped at 1:10000.<br />
5.1.2 Plot-Based Surveys<br />
5.1.2.1 Site Selection<br />
The location of sites for the plot-based sampling was undertaken using air photo patterns<br />
derived above. A single 20 x 20 metre plot was placed in each of the 25 vegetation community<br />
in the Smiths Lake Area.<br />
5.1.2.2 Data Collection<br />
A number of attributes were measured or estimated for each plot including floristic<br />
composition, vegetation structure, aspect, elevation, slope, topographic position and any forms<br />
of disturbance.<br />
5.2 Vegetation Communities<br />
Twenty-five (25) vegetation communities were identified in the Smiths Lake Area and these are<br />
described in summary on the next few pages, in relation to their structural and floristic<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
FLORA 45<br />
characteristics. Some vegetation units are mapped showing a duel vegetation type. This occurs<br />
where it is difficult to assign a single type to an area due to the complexity of the vegetation.<br />
There is also small areas of disturbed woodland and regrowth in the area and these<br />
communities are also described below. Figure 5.1 shows the distribution of the vegetation<br />
communities in the Smiths Lake Area and Smiths Lake Village Area.<br />
5.2.1 Palm (7)<br />
Structure: This is a closed forest, usually with a low canopy only reaching 10-15 metres high.<br />
The shrub and herb layers vary from dense to sparse depending upon canopy density.<br />
Floristic Description: This community is dominated by palms, either as a monoculture or a<br />
combination of cabbage tree palm (Livistonia australis) and bangalow palm (Archontophoenix<br />
cunninghamiana). The shrub layer is dominated by rainforest species, usually including lilly<br />
pilly’s (Acmena smithii and Syzygium spp.). Where it has been exposed to disturbance this<br />
community is sometimes infested with lantana (Lantana camara). The herb layer includes a<br />
variety of ferns and grasses.<br />
Distribution: This forest type occurs in small stands in very moist, sheltered gullies, often<br />
surrounded by other moist forests and rainforests. In the <strong>study</strong> area it is found in the more<br />
steeply sloping lands, using on south-facing slopes. It occurs to the south of Pacific Palms and<br />
to the north of Tarbuck Bay, covering an area of 35.1 hectares.<br />
5.2.2 Myrtle (23)<br />
Structure: This forest type has a low, dense canopy usually only reaching 8-10 metres in<br />
height. The shrub layer is usually sparse to non-existent, while the herb layer is also very<br />
sparse. Occasional emergent old-growth eucalypts occur in this community.<br />
Floristic Description: This community is dominated by brown myrtle (Choricarpia<br />
leptopetala). A number of other rainforest species are present in low numbers. The shrub layer<br />
is composed of small canopy species or lantana (Lantana camara). The ground cover is<br />
dominated by ferns and sedges. Emergents include grey gum (Eucalyptus propinqua),<br />
turpentine (Syncarpia glomulifera) and brush box (Lephostemon confertus).<br />
Distribution: This community type only occurs in a sheltered depression to the south of Pacific<br />
Palms. It occupies an area of 17 hectares.<br />
5.2.3 Tuckeroo (24)<br />
Structure: This forest type has a low, dense canopy usually only reaching 10 metres in height.<br />
The shrub layer is usually sparse to non-existent, while the herb layer is also very sparse.<br />
Floristic Description: This community is usually dominated by tuckeroo (Cupaniopsis<br />
anarcardioides). A number of other rainforest species are occasionally present, while coastal<br />
banksia (Banksia integrifolia ssp integrifolia) is present as an emergent. The shrub layer is<br />
composed of small canopy species or lantana (Lantana camara). The ground cover is<br />
dominated by ferns and lomandras.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
FLORA 46<br />
Distribution: This community type only occurs in the <strong>study</strong> area as a duel type with forest type<br />
25 described below. It occurs in a small patch, of 0.2 hectares, on the south-eastern edge of the<br />
<strong>study</strong> area.<br />
5.2.4 Littoral Rainforest (25)<br />
Structure: This community has a low to tall closed tree canopy which varies in height from 10-<br />
25 metres. The shrub layer, varies from sparse to mid-dense and consists of rainforest species<br />
of varying heights. The herb layer is usually very sparse.<br />
Floristic Description: This community is dominated by yellow tulipwood (Drypetes<br />
australasica), lilly pilly (Acmena smithii), red olive plum (Cassine australis var. australis) and<br />
Sarcomelicope simplicifolia ssp. simplicifolia. Common shrub species include native holly<br />
(Alchornea ilicifolia), Cleistanthus cunninghamii, black plum (Diospyros australis) and veiny<br />
wilkiea (Wilkiea huegeliana). The herb layer is dominated by a variety of ferns including rasp<br />
fern (Doodia aspera) and shield fern (Lastreopsis decomposita).<br />
Distribution: This forest type is found in sheltered gullies and slopes in mountainous areas. In<br />
the <strong>study</strong> area it is only to the south of Pacific Palms, covering an area of 9.7 hectares.<br />
5.2.5 Swamp Mahogany (30)<br />
Structure: This is an open to closed forest to 25 metres in height. The shrub layer is usually<br />
very sparse or non-existent, however the ground cover is usually very dense.<br />
Floristic Description: The canopy is dominated by swamp mahogany (Eucalyptus robusta).<br />
Occasionally other species will also occur in the canopy, including broad-leaved paperbark<br />
(Melaleuca quinquenervia) and swamp she-oak (Casuarina glauca). The understorey is<br />
composed of herbs and shrubs which tolerate impeded drainage, such as swamp water-fern<br />
(Blechnum indicum) and saw-sedges (Gahnia spp.).<br />
Distribution: This forest is typically found on heavy, poorly drained soils near the coast. It<br />
grades into paperbark or swamp oak forest as drainage becomes further impeded. In the <strong>study</strong><br />
area this community is found to the east of the <strong>Lakes</strong> Way, in a small patch on the northern<br />
edge of Wamwarra Bay and in the far north-western corner of the <strong>study</strong> area near the State<br />
Forest. It occupies 24 hectares of the Smiths Lake Area.<br />
5.2.6 Paperbark (31)<br />
Structure: This community has a closed tree canopy usually between 10 and 25 metres. The<br />
ground layer is usually dense, however, the shrub layer varies from being non- existent to<br />
sparse.<br />
Floristic Description: The dominant tree is broad-leaved paperbark (Melaleuca<br />
quinquenervia), which is often the only tree species present. Occasionally, other melaleuca’s<br />
dominate the stand including prickly-leaved paperbark (M. styphelioides) and snow-in-summer<br />
(M. lineariifolia). Other associates include swamp oak (Casuarina glauca) and swamp<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
FLORA 47<br />
mahogany (Eucalyptus robusta). The herb layer consists of a variety of swamp tolerant species<br />
including swamp water-fern (Blechnum indicum) and Restio tetraphyllus ssp. meiostachyus<br />
Distribution: This forest type is found on very poorly drained soils where water may cover the<br />
surface for prolonged periods. In the <strong>study</strong> area this community predominantly occurs to the<br />
east of the <strong>Lakes</strong> Way, however a small area of this community is also found on the northern<br />
edge of Wamwarra Bay. This community covers 93.1 hectares of the Smiths Lake Area.<br />
5.2.7 Swamp Oak (32)<br />
Structure: This community has an open to partially closed canopy, usually only reaching 15<br />
metres in height. The herb layer is sparse to dense, while the shrub layer is non-existent or<br />
limited to isolated individuals.<br />
Floristic Description: Swamp oak (Casuarina glauca) dominates this community, usually in<br />
pure stands. Broad-leaved paperbark (Melaleuca quinquenervia) may also occur in small<br />
numbers. The ground cover is dominated by sedges, usually tolerant of saline conditions such<br />
as jointed twigrush (Baumea juncea).<br />
Distribution: This forest type is found on very poorly drained sites, probably under the<br />
influence of greater soil salinity than the paperbark forests. This community is only found in a<br />
few small patches in the northern corner of the <strong>study</strong> area adjacent to Wallis Creek. It only<br />
occupies 1.5 hectares of the Smiths Lake Area.<br />
5.2.8 Moist Blackbutt (36)<br />
Structure: This community has a closed to partially closed canopy which reaches up to 40<br />
metres in height. The shrub layer is usually dense, although it can occasionally be sparse. The<br />
ground cover is usually mid-dense to dense.<br />
Floristic Description: The dominant tree species in this forest type is blackbutt (Eucalyptus<br />
pilularis), which may occur in pure stands. Other common associates include tallowwood (E.<br />
microcorys), grey gum (E. propinqua), flooded gum (E. grandis), turpentine (Syncarpia<br />
glomulifera) and brush box (Lephostemon confertus). The shrub layer includes a variety of<br />
species such as laurels (Cryptcarya microneura and C. rigida), Maiden’s wattle (Acacia<br />
maidenii) and common hop bush (Dodonaea triquetra). Ground cover is dominated by ferns<br />
and grasses.<br />
Distribution: This forest type occurs on relatively sheltered south or south-east facing slopes in<br />
the area. In the <strong>study</strong> area this community is found in and around the Smiths Lake Village<br />
Area and near Sugar Creek Road. It occupies 107 hectares of the Smiths <strong>Lakes</strong> <strong>study</strong> area.<br />
5.2.9 Dry Blackbutt (37)<br />
Structure: This forest type has an open to closed forest canopy from 30-35 metres in height.<br />
The shrub layer is usually sparse, while the herb layer is dense.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
FLORA 48<br />
Floristic Description: The canopy is dominated by blackbutt (Eucalyptus pilularis), with other<br />
associated species including stringybarks (E. eugenoides or E. agglomerata) and grey gum (E.<br />
propinqua). The shrub layer is composed of xeric shrubs including forest oak (Allocasuarina<br />
torulosa), narrow-leaved geebung (Persoonia linearis) and a variety of wattles (Acacia<br />
binervata, A. longissima and A. longifolia). The herb layer is dominated by a variety of grasses<br />
including blady grass (Imperata cylindrica var. major), kangaroo grass (Themeda australis)<br />
and tussock grass (Poa labillardieri).<br />
Distribution: This forest type is more widespread than the moist blackbutt and is found in a<br />
variety of sites throughout the area. It dominates the Smiths Lake Village Area and is also<br />
found throughout the southern portion of the whole <strong>study</strong> area. This community cover 439.3<br />
hectares of the <strong>study</strong> area.<br />
5.2.10 Blackbutt - Bloodwood/Apple (41)<br />
Structure: The canopy of this community varies from open to closed, reaching a height of 20-<br />
30 metres. The shrub layer is predominantly open, while the ground cover is usually dense.<br />
Floristic Description: The dominated trees are blackbutt (Eucalyptus pilularis) and smoothbarked<br />
apple (Angophora costata), with pink or red bloodwood (Corymbia intermedia and C.<br />
gummifera) also occuring. The shrub layer is variable but usually includes saw banksia<br />
(Banksia serrata), Sydney golden wattle (Acacia longifolia var. sophorae), geebungs<br />
(Persoonia levis and P. linearis), grass tree (Xanthorrhoea macronema) and bush peas<br />
(Pultenaea spp. and Dillwynia spp). Ground cover is usually dominated by grass such as blady<br />
grass (Imperata cylindrica var. major) and kangaroo grass (Themeda australis) and bracken<br />
fern (Pteridium esculentum).<br />
Distribution: This forest type is found in coastal areas, usually on deep coastal sand deposits,<br />
especially on remnant sand dunes. It is found in the south-eastern corner of the Smiths Lake<br />
<strong>study</strong> area around Symes Bay, it is also found to the east and north-east of Smiths Lake Village.<br />
It occupies 23.1 hectares of the Smiths Lake Area.<br />
5.2.11 Tallowwood (45)<br />
Structure: This community is a tall forest, up to 40 metres in height, with a closed canopy. A<br />
mid-dense to dense shrub and/or small tree layer is usually present. The herb layer varies from<br />
sparse to dense.<br />
Floristic Description: The dominant species is tallowwood (Eucalyptus microcorys). Other<br />
common species include turpentine (Syncarpia glomulifera), brush box (Lephostemon<br />
confertus) and grey gum (Eucalyptus propinqua). The shrub layer often includes lantana<br />
(Lantana camara) and other rainforest species such as forest mapel (Cryptocarya rigida),<br />
myrtle ebony (Diospyros pentamera) and cabbage tree palm (Livistona australis). The herb<br />
layer is dominated by grasses, ferns and sedges including rasp fern (Doodia aspera) and sawsedge<br />
(Gahnia melanocarpa).<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
FLORA 49<br />
Distribution: This forest type is found in sheltered, moist sites in mountainous terrain. It often<br />
forms an intergrade community between the flooded gum and the more exposed communities.<br />
This community is found scattered throughout the Smiths Lake Area, occupying 34.6 hectares.<br />
5.2.12 Sydney Blue Gum (46)<br />
Structure: This community has a closed canopy which reaches heights of between 35 and 50<br />
metres. The shrub and herb layers are usually dense.<br />
Floristic Description: The dominant species in this area is Sydney blue gum (Eucalyptus<br />
saligna). Other species commonly found in this community include tallowwood (E.<br />
microcorys), flooded gum (E. grandis), grey gum (E. propinqua), ironbarks (E. fergusonii ssp.<br />
fergusonii and E. siderophloia) and turpentine (Syncarpia glomulifera). The shrub layer is<br />
composed of rainforest species similar to those in the previous community, while the ground<br />
cover is often dominated by ferns.<br />
Distribution: This forest type is found on clayey soils of moderate to high fertility. It occurs in<br />
moist sites, often in gullies or along creeklines. This community occupies 88.5 hectares of the<br />
<strong>study</strong> area and is only found to the west of the <strong>Lakes</strong> Way.<br />
5.2.13 Flooded Gum (48)<br />
Structure: This closed forest commonly grows to 40 metres in height, although occasionally is<br />
higher. The presence of shrub layers varies depending upon the degree of disturbance,<br />
however, there is usually a number of dense layers present. The herb layer is also usually very<br />
dense.<br />
Floristic Description: The tree layer of this community is composed almost entirely of flooded<br />
gum (Eucalyptus grandis), although occasional species such as tallowwood (E. microcorys),<br />
turpentine (Syncarpia glomulifera) and brush box (Lephostemon confertus) also occur. The<br />
shrub layer is composed of a variety of rainforest species. The herb layer is dominated by<br />
sedges and ferns.<br />
Distribution: This vegetation community is predominantly found on low-lying land, near<br />
creeks or in sheltered gullies at altitudes usually less than 750 metres. It is found<br />
predominantly west of the <strong>Lakes</strong> Way, although a few smaller patches also occur on the eastern<br />
side. It occupies a total of 325.5 hectares of the Smiths Lake Area.<br />
5.2.14 Inland Brush Box (53)<br />
Structure: This community is a tall closed forest up to 40 metres in height. A small tree layer<br />
is sometimes present, while there is usually a sparse to mid-dense shrub layer below this. The<br />
herb layer varies from dense to sparse dependant upon light penetration.<br />
Floristic Description: Brush box (Lephostemon confertus) is the dominant tree species in this<br />
forest, with a number of other associates occurring in smaller numbers including Sydney blue<br />
gum (Eucalyptus salignus), flooded gum (E. grandis), tallowwood (E. microcorys) and<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
FLORA 50<br />
turpentine (Syncarpia glomulifera). The small tree and shrub layers are composed of rainforest<br />
species including cabbage tree palm (Livistona australis), laurels (Cryptocarya spp.), myrtles<br />
(Choricarpia spp., and Backhousia myrtifolia), lilly pilly’s (Acmena smithii and Syzygium spp.)<br />
and native guava (Rhodomyrtys psidioides). The herb layer is predominantly composed of<br />
ferns and other soft herbs.<br />
Distribution: This forest type is found in sheltered gullies and appears to be an intermediate<br />
stage in the replacement of eucalypt forest with rainforest. This community is found<br />
throughout the Smiths Lake Area, occupying 65.8 hectares.<br />
5.2.15 White Mahogany/Red Mahogany/Grey Ironbark/Grey Gum (60)<br />
Structure: This forest has a predominantly closed forest canopy, although some patches are<br />
open due to human disturbance. The height of the tree layer generally ranges from 25 to 30<br />
metres, however, some areas reach 35 metres in height. A sparse to dense shrub layer is<br />
present, while the herb layer is generally dense.<br />
Floristic Description: This community is dominated by white mahogany (Eucalyptus<br />
acmenoides), grey ironbark (E. siderophloia), ironbark (E. fergusonii spp. fergusonii), grey<br />
gum (E. propinqua) and tallowood (E. microcorys). Other occasional species include red<br />
mahogany (E. resinifera), blackbutt (E. pilularis) and pink bloodwood (Corymbia intermedia).<br />
The shrub layer includes a variety of sclerophyll and rainforest shrubs such as pittosporums (P.<br />
undulatum and P. revolutum), large mock-olive (Notelaea longifolia f. intermedia) and wattles.<br />
The ground cover includes grasses, ferns and a variety of other soft herbs including rasp<br />
fern,tussock grass (Poa labillardieri) and mat-rush (Lomandra longifolia).<br />
Distribution: This forest type commonly forms a intermediate zone between the dry Grey<br />
Gum/Grey Ironbark/White Mahogany found on the ridgetops and upper slopes and the Flooded<br />
Gum or Tallowwood/Sydney Blue Gum on the lower slopes and gullies. This community is<br />
the most dominant community type found scattered throughout the Smiths <strong>Lakes</strong> Area. It<br />
covers a total area of 439.7 hectares.<br />
5.2.16 Grey Gum/Grey Ironbark/White Mahogany (62)<br />
Structure: The closed to open forest canopy reaches a height of 20-35 metres. A sparse shrub<br />
layer is usually present, while the herb layer varies from dense to sparse depending upon<br />
topographic position and aspect.<br />
Floristic Description: This community is dominated by grey gum (Eucalyptus propinqua),<br />
ironbark (E. fergusonii spp. fergusonii) and white mahogany (E. acmenoides). Spotted gum<br />
(Corymbia maculata) and pink bloodwood (C. intermedia) are also common in this forest type,<br />
while a variety of other eucalypts may be present on occasion. The shrub layer is dominated by<br />
dry sclerophyll shrubs including wattles, coral heath (Epacris calvertiana), paper daisy<br />
(Ozothamnus diosmifolius) and forest oak (Allocasuarina torulosa). The herb layer is<br />
composed of grasses.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
FLORA 51<br />
Distribution: This forest type occupies the drier and more exposed areas of the <strong>study</strong> including<br />
the ridgelines and northern slopes. This community occupies 79.2 hectares in the <strong>study</strong> area. It<br />
is distributed to the south of Pacific Palms and to the west of the <strong>Lakes</strong> Way.<br />
5.2.17 Spotted Gum (70)<br />
Structure: This is an open to closed forest, that grows up to 35 metres in height. The shrub<br />
layer is usually sparse, while a dense herb layer occurs.<br />
Floristic Description: Spotted gum (Corymbia maculata) is the sole dominant species in this<br />
community. Other eucalypt species may also occur on occasion. The shrub layer is sparse and<br />
consists of xeric shrubs, while the herb layer is dominated by grasses.<br />
Distribution: The forest type has a very restricted distribution in the <strong>study</strong> area and is found on<br />
shallow soils on the upper slope of the mountain range immediately to the south of Pacific<br />
Palms. Elsewhere, this forest type is replaced with forest types 60 and 62. This community<br />
occupies a small 1 hectare patch of forest in the Smiths Lake Area on a single ridgeline to the<br />
south of Pacific Palms<br />
5.2.18 Spotted Gum - Ironbark/Grey Gum (74)<br />
Structure: This is an open to closed forest, that grows up to 35 metres in height. The shrub<br />
layer is usually sparse, while a dense herb layer occurs.<br />
Floristic Description: The dominant species in this community is spotted gum (Corymbia<br />
maculata) and ironbark (Eucalyptus fergusonii ssp. fergusonii), with smaller associations of<br />
grey gum (E. propinqua). The shrub and herb layers are similar to the previous community.<br />
Distribution: The forest type has a very restricted distribution in the <strong>study</strong> area and is found on<br />
shallow soils on the upper slopes adjacent to forest type 70 south of Pacific Palms. Elsewhere,<br />
this forest type is replaced with forest types 62. This communities occupies 5.3 hectares of<br />
land adjacent to the previous community.<br />
5.2.19 Smoothbarked Apple (105)<br />
Structure: This community has a partially closed to open canopy which only reaches 20 to 25<br />
metres in height. The shrub layer is usually very sparse, while the herb layer is dense.<br />
Floristic Description: The dominant species in this community is smoothbarked apple<br />
(Angophora costata). Other subdominant species include red bloodwood (Corymbia<br />
gummifera) and an occasional blackbutt (E. pilularis). The shrub layer is often dominated by<br />
banksias (Banksia serrata and B. integrifolia) or other heathland species. The herb layer is<br />
usually composed of grasses.<br />
Distribution: This forest type is found on sandy soils with high moisture availability, often<br />
near alluvial flats. This community is found in small patches, totaling 34.1 hectares,<br />
throughout the Smiths Lake Area.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
FLORA 52<br />
5.2.20 Smoothbarked Apple - Sydney Peppermint - Stringybark (106)<br />
Structure: This community has a closed canopy usually with a height of less than 20 metres,<br />
but in favourable sites it may reach 30 metres. The shrub layer is moderately dense, while the<br />
herb layer varies from dense to sparse.<br />
Floristic Description: The dominant species is Sydney peppermint (Eucalyptus piperita) and is<br />
smoothbarked apple (Angophora costata), with smaller occurrences of white stringybark (E.<br />
globoidea). The shrub layer contains a variety of species including snow-in-summer<br />
(Melaleuca linariifolia) and bush-pea (Pultenaea b<strong>lake</strong>lyi ). The herb layer is dominated by<br />
grasses, sedges and ferns.<br />
Distribution: This forest type is restricted to small patches of forest adjacent to the <strong>Lakes</strong> Way<br />
and to the east of the <strong>Lakes</strong> Way. It occupies 29.6 hectares of the Smiths Lake Area.<br />
5.2.21 Banksia (107)<br />
Structure: This community is a closed forest only reaching 8 to 10 metres in height.<br />
Occasionally taller emergent trees may occur. There is usually no small shrub layer and the<br />
herb layer is sparse.<br />
Floristic Description: The dominant species in this community is coastal banksia (Banksia<br />
integrifolia). Occasional eucalypts also occur including red bloodwood (Corymbia gummifera)<br />
and smooth-barked apple (Angophora costata). The herb layer is usually grassy.<br />
Distribution: This forest type is found on coastal sand deposits, usually only a short distance<br />
inland from the ocean. This community is found in a small 1 hectare patch in the south-eastern<br />
corner of the Smiths Lake Area surrounded by Forest Type 224.<br />
5.2.22 Introduced Scrub (221)<br />
Structure: This forest type is dominated by introduced woody weeds, that reach a height of 6-8<br />
metres.<br />
Floristic Description: This community is composed almost entirely of lantana (Lantana<br />
camara). Other small herbs, grasses and sedges are also found in this community.<br />
Distribution: This community is found in a small area (0.6 hectares) in the south-eastern<br />
corner of the <strong>study</strong> area.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
FLORA 53<br />
5.2.23 Scrub (224)<br />
Structure: This is a closed community of shrubs, usually less than 6 metres in height although<br />
it may extend up to 8 metres. The herb layer is very sparse.<br />
Floristic Description: The dominant shrub layer is composed almost entirely of coast teatree<br />
(Leptospermum laevigatum). An occasional coastal banksia (Banksia integrifolia) is also<br />
present. The herb layer is composed of a variety of species including blue flax lilly (Dianella<br />
caerulea) and sword sedge (Lepidosperma concavum).<br />
Distribution: The community occupies well drained siliceous sands of foredunes close to the<br />
sea, with limited occurrences also extending to exposed aspects of bedrock headlands. It is<br />
found in the extreme south-east of the <strong>study</strong> area, occupying 31.4 hectares.<br />
5.2.24 Mallee (225)<br />
Structure: This is a dense closed community composed of small trees that reach heights of 6-8<br />
metres. The shrub layer is very sparse to non-existent, while the herb layer is also very sparse.<br />
Floristic Description: The composition of this community is dominated by bracelet<br />
honeymyrtle (Melaleuca armillaris) and black she-oak (Allocasuarina littoralis). The herb<br />
layer is composed of grasses and sedges.<br />
Distribution: This community is found on relatively steep, south to south-west facing aspects<br />
of hillslopes close to the sea. It is found in a small patch (0.3 hectares) in the south-eastern<br />
corner of the <strong>study</strong> area.<br />
5.2.25 Disturbed Woodland (DW)<br />
Structure: This community has been partially cleared to enable grazing or other landuses to<br />
occur, however a number of trees have been retained to form a woodland habitat. These trees<br />
reach up to 30 metres in height. No shrub layer is present, but a grassy herb layer exists.<br />
Floristic Description: The tree species in this woodland consist of those found in other<br />
vegetation types, although in any one area the species composition is poor. The herb layer is<br />
composed of introduced and native grasses.<br />
Distribution: Patches of this community are found on the eastern side of the <strong>Lakes</strong> Way in the<br />
northern portion of the <strong>study</strong> area. This community occupies 17.3 hectares of land within the<br />
Smiths Lake Area.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
FLORA 54<br />
5.2.26 Regrowth (R)<br />
Structure: This community is composed of vegetation that is in the process of regeneration<br />
following disturbance. It is usually composed of one or two layers, which vary in height and<br />
density depending upon the time since the area was disturbed.<br />
Floristic Description: The composition of the regeneration is variable, however, it usually<br />
includes of a variety of weeds.<br />
Distribution: A small patch of this community, occupying 0.7 hectares, is found on the<br />
ridgeline to the south of Pacific Palms.<br />
5.3 Rare, Threatened or Significant Plant Species<br />
5.3.1 Threatened Species (TSC Act)<br />
Six species, listed on the Threatened Species Conservation Act, have been recorded in the<br />
region or in the <strong>study</strong> area. Their distribution in the <strong>study</strong> area is shown in Figure 5.2, while<br />
Table 5-1 below summarises information on these species.<br />
Table 5-1 Threatened Plant Species<br />
Species Significance & Distribution Likelihood of Occurrence<br />
Allocasuarina defungens<br />
(Casuarinaceae)<br />
Allocasuarina simulans<br />
(Casuarinaceae)<br />
Asperula asthenes (Rubiaceae)<br />
Chamaesyce psammogeton<br />
(formerly Chamaesyce sparrmanii)<br />
(Euphorbiaceae)<br />
Cynanchum elegans<br />
(Asclepiadaceae)<br />
This ROTAP species (2E) occurs<br />
at its southern distribution limit in<br />
the Forster area. It is listed on<br />
Schedule 1 of the TSC Act.<br />
This is a ROTAP species (2VCa)<br />
which is endemic to the Forster -<br />
Nabiac area (Harden 1990). It is<br />
listed on Schedule 2 of the TSC<br />
Act<br />
This is a ROTAP species (3VC)<br />
which is found from Taree to<br />
Bulahdelah growing in moist<br />
sites. It is listed on Schedule 2 of<br />
the TSC Act.<br />
This is an uncommon species of<br />
beach sands (Harden 1990). It<br />
has recently been listed on<br />
Schedule 1 of the TSC Act.<br />
This ROTAP species (3Eci)<br />
reaches its northern distribution<br />
limit in the Manning River<br />
catchment. It is listed on Schedule<br />
1 of the TSC Act<br />
This species was not found<br />
during the survey and is<br />
considered unlikely to occur.<br />
This species was not found<br />
during the survey and is<br />
considered unlikely to occur.<br />
This species was not recorded<br />
in the <strong>study</strong> area but may<br />
occur in the area in suitable<br />
habitat.<br />
This species was not recorded<br />
in the <strong>study</strong> area, but may<br />
occur on Sandhurst Beach.<br />
This species has been recorded<br />
in the Smiths Lake Area in the<br />
Littoral Rainforest (FT25)<br />
south of Pacific Palms.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
FLORA 55<br />
Species Significance & Distribution Likelihood of Occurrence<br />
Melaleuca biconvexa (Myrtaceae)<br />
Sygium paniculatum (Myrtaceae)<br />
This species has just recently been<br />
listed as vulnerable on Schedule 2<br />
of the TSC Act.<br />
This ROTAP species (3VCi)<br />
grows in littoral rainforests from<br />
Bulahdelah to Jervis Bay. It is<br />
listed on Schedule 2 of the TSC<br />
Act.<br />
This species was recorded as<br />
an understorey species in the<br />
Swamp Mahogany (FT30), in<br />
the far north-western corner of<br />
the area.<br />
This species was not recorded<br />
during the present survey.<br />
However, it has a moderate to<br />
high likelihood of occurring in<br />
the Littoral Rainforest (FT 25)<br />
of the <strong>study</strong> area.<br />
5.3.2 Rare or Threatened Plants (ROTAP)<br />
Two species previously recorded in the region are listed on ROTAP but not listed on the TSC<br />
Act. These species is described below in Table 5-2.<br />
Table 5-2 ROTAP Plant Species<br />
Species Significance & Distribution Likelihood of Occurrence<br />
Eucalyptus fergusonii ssp.<br />
fergusonii (Myrtaceae)<br />
This ROTAP species (3KC-) has<br />
a very sporadic distribution which<br />
was previously thought to extend<br />
from Morisset to Bulahdelah<br />
(Harden 1991). However, it has<br />
recently been recorded in Booti<br />
Booti NP.<br />
This species is the dominant<br />
ironbark throughout the <strong>study</strong><br />
area. It is found in a variety<br />
of forest types including 74,<br />
60, 62, 36, 37 and 46.<br />
Goodenia fordiana (Goodeniaceae) This ROTAP species (2RC-) is<br />
distributed from Bulahdelah to<br />
Coffs Harbour. It grows in dry<br />
sclerophyll forests on the lower<br />
escarpment.<br />
This species was not recorded<br />
in the <strong>study</strong> area, and is<br />
considered to only have a low<br />
likelihood of occurring.<br />
5.3.3 Distributional Limits or Restricted Distributions<br />
A number of species recorded during this survey are also significant due to being at or near<br />
their distributional limits, a range extension or of restricted distribution. Table 5-3 below<br />
summarises these species.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
FLORA 56<br />
Table 5-3 Other Significant Plant Species<br />
Species Significance & Distribution Likelihood of Occurrence<br />
Cassinia aculeata (Asteraceae)<br />
Cleistanthus cunninghamii<br />
(Euphorbiaceae)<br />
Deyeuxia quadriseta (Poaceae)<br />
Eucalyptus piperita (Myrtaceae)<br />
Jagera pseudorhus var. pseudorhus<br />
f. pseudorhus (Sapindaceae)<br />
Melaluca armillaris (Myrtaceae)<br />
Forster is the northern distribution<br />
limit for this species (Harden<br />
1992).<br />
This species was previously<br />
thought to reach the southern<br />
limit of its coastal distribution in<br />
Booti Booti NP (Floyd 1990).<br />
This grass is considered rare on<br />
the north coast, with only one<br />
other record in the area (at Old<br />
Bar).<br />
This species reaches its northern<br />
limit at Old Bar. This species is<br />
poorly reserved in the northern<br />
limits of its distribution.<br />
This species was previously<br />
thought to occur on as far south<br />
as Black Head (Floyd 1989).<br />
However, it has recently been<br />
recorded in Booti Booti NP.<br />
Although this species has a range<br />
which extends into Queensland<br />
(Harden 1991), it is not known<br />
from coastal headlands of NSW<br />
any further north than the Forster<br />
area<br />
It was recorded in the Mallee<br />
(FT225) community in the<br />
Smiths Lake Area.<br />
This species was recorded in<br />
the Myrtle Rainforest (FT23)<br />
to the south of Pacific Palms,<br />
representing an extension of<br />
this species range.<br />
This species was recorded in<br />
the Paperbark Swamp (FT 31)<br />
in the Smiths Lake Area.<br />
This species was a dominant<br />
tree in the Smoothbarked<br />
Apple - Sydney Peppermint -<br />
Stringybark (FT106) forest<br />
type.<br />
It has been recorded in the<br />
Myrtle Rainforest (FT23) to<br />
the south of Pacific Palms.<br />
This represents a range<br />
extension southwards.<br />
Recorded as a dominant<br />
canopy species in the Mallee<br />
(FT225) community.<br />
Persoonia katerae (Proteaceae)<br />
Pisonia umbellifera<br />
(Nyctaginaceae)<br />
Prostanthera incana (Lamiaceae)<br />
Pultenaea b<strong>lake</strong>lyi (Fabaceae)<br />
This species is endemic to the<br />
north coast of NSW where it is<br />
found on coastal sands between<br />
the Hastings River & Myall<br />
<strong>Lakes</strong> (Harden 1991).<br />
This species is considered to be<br />
widespread but not common in<br />
coastal NSW (Harden 1990).<br />
This species is considered to only<br />
occur south from Craven, near<br />
Gloucester (Harden 1990),<br />
although S. Griffith has recorded<br />
it in Wang Wauk SF.<br />
Records of this species and those<br />
recently recorded from Booti<br />
This species has been<br />
recorded in the Blackbutt -<br />
Bloodwood / Apple (FT41)<br />
community<br />
It has been recorded in the<br />
Littoral Rainforest (FT25) in<br />
the Smiths Lake Area.<br />
It has been recorded in the<br />
Flooded Gum (FT48)<br />
community in the area. This<br />
represents a range extension<br />
northwards.<br />
This species was recorded in<br />
the Blackbutt Dry Forest<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
FLORA 57<br />
Species Significance & Distribution Likelihood of Occurrence<br />
Booti NP represent a range<br />
extension northwards from Myall<br />
<strong>Lakes</strong> (Harden 1991).<br />
(FT37), is a dominant<br />
understorey species in the<br />
Sydney Pepperming (FT106)<br />
forest, and is scattered in other<br />
communities.<br />
Ripogonum discolor<br />
(Ripogonaceae)<br />
Tetraria capillaris (Cyperaceae)<br />
Tripladenia cunninghamii<br />
(Uvulariaceae)<br />
Tylophora paniculata<br />
(Asclepiadaceae)<br />
This species reaches its southern<br />
distribution limit in the Myall<br />
<strong>Lakes</strong> area (Harden 1993).<br />
This species appear to be rare on<br />
the north coast with only 3<br />
records for the area lodged at the<br />
Royal Botanic Gardens. The<br />
northern limit of this species is at<br />
Old Bar.<br />
The distribution of this species<br />
extends north from the Myall<br />
<strong>Lakes</strong> area (Harden 1993).<br />
This species reaches its southern<br />
distribution limit at the Williams<br />
River (Harden 1992).<br />
Recorded in the Littoral<br />
Rainforest (FT25) of the <strong>study</strong><br />
area.<br />
This species was recorded in<br />
the Melaleuca Swamp Forest<br />
(FT 31) and the Sydney<br />
Peppermint (FT 106)<br />
community in the <strong>study</strong> area.<br />
This species has been<br />
recorded in the Brush Box<br />
(FT53) community in the<br />
Smiths Lake Area.<br />
This species has been<br />
recorded in a number of moist<br />
forests including FT23, 48 and<br />
60.<br />
5.4 Conservation Values<br />
5.4.1 Palm (7)<br />
Distribution Within Northern New South Wales: This community is present in Booti Booti NP<br />
(National Park), Broadwater NP & Hat Head NP. The broader Archontophoenix - Livistona<br />
suballiance of Floyd (1990) is also found in several reserves away from the immediate<br />
coastline.<br />
Conservation Significance: Floyd (1990) has assessed the conservation status of this forest<br />
type as good. However, substantial areas of the community appear to have been cleared in the<br />
Forster area.<br />
5.4.2 Myrtle (23)<br />
Distribution Within Northern New South Wales: The Choricarpia leptopetala suballiance of<br />
Floyd (1990) extends disjunctly along the north coast of NSW, with limited areas also present<br />
on the central coast.<br />
Conservation Significance Floyd (1990) has assessed the conservation status of the<br />
Choricarpia leptopetala suballiance as adequate across its range, although he recommended<br />
some form of environmental protection for an occurrence at Blueys Beach. The myrtle forest<br />
in the <strong>study</strong> area is most likely part of this occurrence.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
FLORA 58<br />
5.4.3 Tuckeroo (24)<br />
Distribution Within Northern New South Wales: The Cupaniopsis anacardioides suballiance<br />
of Floyd (1990) extends along the north coast where it is reserved in Bundjalung NP, Yuraygir<br />
NP, Hat Head NP, Crowdy Bay NP, Myall <strong>Lakes</strong> NP, Brunswick Heads NR, Broken Head NR,<br />
Iluka NR, Moonee Beach NR, Bundagen FR, Limeburners Creek NR, Sea Acres NR &<br />
Kattang NR. Additional areas outside of the reserve system are protected under SEPP 26 -<br />
Littoral Rainforest.<br />
Conservation Significance: Floyd (1990) has assessed the conservation status of the suballiance<br />
as excellent.<br />
5.4.4 Littoral Rainforest (25)<br />
Distribution Within Northern New South Wales: Floyd (1990) reports the distribution of this<br />
forest type as extending from Gap Beach (Hat Head NP) to Myall <strong>Lakes</strong>, with a less<br />
representative occurrence also present in Royal NP on the central coast. This forest type is also<br />
found in Booti Booti NP.<br />
Conservation Significance: Floyd (1990) has assessed the conservation status of the suballiance<br />
as good.<br />
5.4.5 Swamp Mahogany (30)<br />
Distribution Within Northern New South Wales: This vegetation type occurs in Booti Booti<br />
NP, Broadwater NP, Bundjalung NP, Yuraygir NP, Hat Head NP, Myall <strong>Lakes</strong> NP<br />
(Myerscough & Carolin 1986), Moonee Beach NR, Limeburners Creek NR & Lake Innes NR.<br />
It is also found on areas of crown or freehold land (e.g. Evans Head, the Newrybar sand plain<br />
near Lennox Head, Frogalla Swamp north of Tuncurry).<br />
Conservation Significance: Relative to its extent on other tenures in the Forster - Tuncurry area<br />
(e.g. Frogalla Swamp), this vegetation type may be locally under-represented in existing<br />
reserves.<br />
5.4.6 Paperbark (31)<br />
Distribution Within Northern New South Wales: The community is present in all major coastal<br />
reserves of northern NSW which sample vegetation on Quaternary sediments. Many additional<br />
areas outside of the reserve system are designated as coastal wetland under SEPP 14.<br />
Conservation Significance: Wetland vegetation is generally considered to have high<br />
conservation value, hence the inclusion of coastal sand & estuarine occurrences of this<br />
community under SEPP 14. Substantial areas of the community have also been cleared on the<br />
north coast of NSW.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
FLORA 59<br />
5.4.7 Swamp Oak (32)<br />
Distribution Within Northern New South Wales: The community is found in Booti Booti NP,<br />
Bundjalung NP, Yuraygir NP, Hat Head NP, Crowdy Bay NP, Ballina NR, Richmond River<br />
NR, Moonee Beach NR, Limeburners Creek NR, Lake Innes NR, Kattang NR and<br />
Khappinghat NR (S. Griffith, pers. comm.). Additional areas outside of the reserve system are<br />
designated as coastal wetland under SEPP 14.<br />
Conservation Significance: Wetland vegetation is generally considered to have high<br />
conservation value, hence the inclusion of estuarine occurrences of this community under SEPP<br />
14. Substantial areas of the community have also been cleared on the north coast of NSW.<br />
5.4.8 Moist Blackbutt (36)<br />
Distribution Within Northern New South Wales: The community is found in Booti Booti NP,<br />
Bundjalung NP, Yuraygir NP, Hat Head NP, Dooragan NP, Crowdy Bay NP and Lake Innes<br />
NR. It is also present in many state forests, and some NPWS reserves away from the seaboard.<br />
Conservation Significance: Relative to its occurrence on other tenures, this community appears<br />
to be of limited extent in coastal reserves of the lower north coast.<br />
5.4.9 Dry Blackbutt (37)<br />
Distribution Within Northern New South Wales: This community occurs in Booti Booti NP,<br />
Broadwater NP, Bundjalung NP, Yuraygir NP, Hat Head NP, Dooragan NP, Crowdy Bay NP,<br />
Limeburners Creek NR & Lake Innes NR (Griffith, pers. comm.).<br />
Conservation Significance: Relative to its extent on other tenures, the community may be<br />
under-represented in existing reserves on the lower north coast.<br />
5.4.10 Blackbutt - Bloodwood/Apple (41)<br />
Distribution Within Northern New South Wales: This community occurs in Booti Booti NP<br />
(Griffith et al 1999) and Myall <strong>Lakes</strong> NP (Myerscough & Carolin 1986). It is not known for<br />
coastal reserves to the north of Booti Booti NP, although a related Eucalyptus pilularis -<br />
Angophora costata/E. gummifera/E. planchoniana is found on sand masses in Yuraygir NP and<br />
Bundjalung NP.<br />
Conservation Significance: This forest appears to be extensive in Myall <strong>Lakes</strong> NP<br />
(Myerscough & Carolin 1986). It is also found in some of the state forests in the area.<br />
5.4.11 Tallowwood (45)<br />
Distribution Within Northern New South Wales: This community is only present in Booti<br />
Booti NP and Lake Innes NR. However, the equivalent forest type occurs in a number of state<br />
forests (Forestry Commission of NSW 1989).<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
FLORA 60<br />
Conservation Significance: This community is uncommon in coastal reserves of the north<br />
coast, and the equivalent forest type is considered to have a restricted distribution (Forestry<br />
Commission of NSW 1989).<br />
5.4.12 Sydney Blue Gum (46)<br />
Distribution Within Northern New South Wales: This community is present only in Lake Innes<br />
NR, however, it is found in many of the surrounding State Forests.<br />
Conservation Significance: Relative to its extent on other tenures, this community is underrepresented<br />
in existing coastal reserves of northern NSW. This community also contains the<br />
rare ironbark of the area.<br />
5.4.13 Flooded Gum (48)<br />
Distribution Within Northern New South Wales: This community is present in Booti Booti NP,<br />
Broadwater NP, Bundjalung NP, Crowdy Bay NP, Moonee Beach NR, Limeburners Creek NR<br />
and Lake Innes NR, although generally as very limited stands.<br />
Conservation Significance: Relative to its extent on other tenures, this community is underrepresented<br />
in existing coastal reserves of northern NSW.<br />
5.4.14 Inland Brush Box (53)<br />
Distribution Within Northern New South Wales: This community is present in Booti Booti NP,<br />
Broadwater NP, Bundjalung NP, Yuraygir NP, Hat Head NP, Iluka NR and Lake Innes NR,<br />
although generally as small stands.<br />
Conservation Significance: The community is generally of limited extent in existing coastal<br />
reserves of northern NSW.<br />
5.4.15 White Mahogany/Red Mahogany/Grey Ironbark/Grey Gum (60)<br />
Distribution Within Northern New South Wales: This community only occurs in Bundjalung<br />
NP, Yuraygir NP and Lake Innes NR. However, it is widespread in many of the State Forests<br />
in the area.<br />
Conservation Significance: Relative to its extent on other tenures, this community is underrepresented<br />
in existing coastal reserves of northern NSW. This community also contains the<br />
rare ironbark.<br />
5.4.16 Grey Gum/Grey Ironbark/White Mahogany (62)<br />
Distribution Within Northern New South Wales: This community is found in Bundjalung NP,<br />
Yuraygir NP and Lake Innes NR. It also is found in many of the State Forests of the region.<br />
Conservation Significance: The community is generally of limited extent in existing coastal<br />
reserves of northern NSW and it contains the rare ironbark.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
FLORA 61<br />
5.4.17 Spotted Gum (70)<br />
Distribution Within Northern New South Wales: Corymbia maculata has a mainly coastal<br />
distribution which extends south from the Manning River valley (Hill & Johnson 1995). The<br />
community is found in a number of state forests across this distribution (Forestry Commission<br />
of NSW 1989) and is also know to occur in Booti Booti NP, Bundjalung NP and Yuraygir NP.<br />
Conservation Significance: The community appears to be poorly reserved across its range on<br />
the north coast.<br />
5.4.18 Spotted Gum - Ironbark/Grey Gum (74)<br />
Distribution Within Northern New South Wales: This community is only found in Bundjalung<br />
NP and Yuraygir NP. However, the distribution of Corymbia maculata is as stated in the<br />
previous forest type.<br />
Conservation Significance: The community is poorly reserved across its range on the north<br />
coast and in the <strong>study</strong> area is dominated by the rare ironbark.<br />
5.4.19 Smoothbarked Apple (105)<br />
Distribution Within Northern New South Wales: Angophora costata is endemic to NSW where<br />
it has a predominantly coastal distribution south from the Evans River (Bale 1992; Harden<br />
1991), although with some major range disjunctions on coastal sand masses (e.g. between the<br />
Hastings & Macleay Rivers). This community is found in Booti Booti NP, Yuraygir NP &<br />
Crowdy Bay NP.<br />
Conservation Significance: In view of its limited and rather disjunct distribution in coastal<br />
situations on the north coast of NSW, this community may require further reservation. It<br />
appears that the community also has a limited distribution on sandmasses along the central<br />
coast between Newcastle & Sydney (refer Benson 1986).<br />
5.4.20 Smoothbarked Apple - Sydney Peppermint - Stringybark (106)<br />
Distribution Within Northern New South Wales: Eucalyptus piperita reaches its northern limit<br />
at Old Bar. The only conservation reserve this community is found in is Myall <strong>Lakes</strong> NP. It<br />
also occurs in some of the State Forests around Bulahdelah.<br />
Conservation Significance: This community has a very limited distribution in coastal reserves<br />
in northern New South Wales. This forest type is also of conservation significance in the area<br />
as it is approaching its northern distributional limit.<br />
5.4.21 Banksia (107)<br />
Distribution Within Northern New South Wales: This community is widespread in coastal<br />
reserves including Broadwater NP, Bundjalung NP, Crowdy Bay NP, Hat Head NP, Iluka NR,<br />
Kattang NR, Limeburners Creek NR, Moonee Beach NR, Myall <strong>Lakes</strong> NP, Richmond River<br />
NR and Yurraygir NP.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
FLORA 62<br />
Conservation Significance: This community is considered to be adequately reserved on the<br />
north coast of NSW.<br />
5.4.22 Introduced Scrub (221)<br />
Distribution Within Northern New South Wales: This community is widespread in any areas<br />
that have been subjected to disturbance.<br />
Conservation Significance: This community has no conservation value.<br />
5.4.23 Scrub (224)<br />
Distribution Within Northern New South Wales: Shrubland or forest stands of Leptospermum<br />
laevigatum occur in Booti Booti NP, Hat Head NP, Crowdy Bay NP, Limeburners Creek NR<br />
and Kattang NR.<br />
Conservation Significance: Leptospermum laevigatum reaches its natural northern limit of<br />
distribution in the Nambucca Heads area (Harden 1991), although it has been planted further<br />
north following sand mining. Natural stands of L. laevigatum on the lower north coast are at<br />
risk of displacement by the exotic shrub * Chrysanthemoides monilifera ssp. rotundata,<br />
however, the majority of the stand in the Smiths Lake Area is free from this weed species.<br />
5.4.24 Mallee (225)<br />
Distribution Within Northern New South Wales: The most northern known reservation of this<br />
community is within Booti Booti NP. South of this area the community is present at Seal<br />
Rocks (Clough 1979) and is likely to occur in Myall <strong>Lakes</strong> NP (Myerscough & Carolin 1986,<br />
as part of a ‘Headland Thicket’ map unit) and Tomaree NP (Benson 1981, as part of ‘closedscrub’<br />
map unit).<br />
Conservation Significance: This community is significant in that it reaches the northern limit<br />
of its coastal distribution in the Forster area and has limited distribution in conservation<br />
reserves.<br />
5.4.25 Disturbed Woodland (DW) and Regrowth (R)<br />
Conservation Significant: These communities are of limited conservation value due to the<br />
disturbance in the area.<br />
5.4.26 Summary<br />
A summary of the conservation values of the forest types found in the Smiths Lake Area is<br />
provided in Table 5-2 below and is also displayed on Figure 5.3. This assigns a conservation<br />
rating of high, medium and low to each vegetation type, based upon distribution and adequacy<br />
of reservation. However, it should be noted that to assign a three-tiered rating of conservation<br />
to any area has inherent flaws and cannot adequately represent the complexity of vegetation<br />
conservation.<br />
Table 5-2 Vegetation Conservation Values<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
FLORA 63<br />
Forest<br />
Type<br />
Description<br />
Conservation<br />
Value<br />
7 Palm Forest High<br />
23 Myrtle Rainforest High<br />
24 Tuckeroo Littoral Rainforest High<br />
25 Littoral Rainforest High<br />
30 Swamp Mahogany High<br />
31 Paperbark High<br />
32 Swamp Oak High<br />
36 Moist Blackbutt Medium-High<br />
37 Dry Blackbutt Medium-High<br />
41 Blackbutt - Bloodwood/Apple Medium<br />
45 Tallowwood High<br />
46 Sydney Blue Gum High<br />
48 Flooded Gum High<br />
53 Brush Box Medium-High<br />
60 White Mahogany - Red Mahogany - Grey Ironbark - Grey Gum Medium-High<br />
62 Grey Gum - Grey Ironbark - White Mahogany Medium-High<br />
70 Spotted Gum High<br />
74 Spotted Gum - Ironbark/Grey Gum High<br />
105 Smoothbarked Apple High<br />
106 Smoothbarked Apple - Sydney Peppermint - Stringybark High<br />
107 Banksia Medium<br />
221 Introduced Scrub Low<br />
224 Scrub (Leptospermum laevigatum) High<br />
225 Mallee (Melaleuca armillaris - Allocasuarina littoralis) High<br />
DW Disturbed Woodland Low<br />
R Regrowth Low<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
FAUNA 64<br />
6 FAUNA<br />
6.1 Fauna Habitats<br />
The vegetation communities described in Section 5 form the basis for the classification of the<br />
Smiths Lake Area into faunal habitats. While the vegetation mapping reflects changes in the<br />
floristic composition of an area, habitat identification is based upon structural components of<br />
the vegetation, age class of the vegetation (for example old growth, regrowth), specific habitat<br />
components (for example free-standing water, caves) and plant species composition.<br />
Therefore, some habitats are smaller than the vegetation unit, while others will incorporate a<br />
number of units. Figure 6.1 shows the habitat types and distribution in the <strong>study</strong> area.<br />
6.1.1 Rainforest (7, 23, 24 & 25) and Old Growth Rainforest<br />
Habitat Components: This habitat has a closed canopy with a varying diversity of species.<br />
There are a few structural layers, with the shrub and herb layers usually dense. Fruit producing<br />
trees provide good habitat for birds and a foraging resource for arboreal mammals. The herb<br />
layer provides shelter for terrestrial fauna. Suitable microclimatic conditions occur in this<br />
habitat to enable foliage-roosting bats to roost in this habitat. High moisture levels would also<br />
enable amphibians to flourish. Few tree hollows are normally found in this habitat type.<br />
However, in the old growth sections emergent eucalypts provide a high number of hollows for<br />
hollow dependant fauna including birds, bats and mammals.<br />
6.1.2 Mixed Swamp Mahogany (30 & 30/106) and Old Growth<br />
Habitat Components: This habitat is characterised by an open to closed tree canopy and a<br />
dense understorey. The winter flowering tree species present in this area are an important food<br />
source for nectivorous birds and mammals. It is also very important for koalas. Dense ground<br />
cover and litter, plus available water would provide good habitat for amphibians, reptiles and<br />
ground mammals. Few to many hollows form in this habitat, depending upon the diversity of<br />
tree species present.<br />
6.1.3 Paperbark (31) and Old Growth Paperbark<br />
Habitat Components: This habitat is characterised by a predominantly closed tree canopy and a<br />
dense understorey. It has a low species diversity in the canopy, however, the profuse flowering<br />
paperbarks provide an important foraging source for nectivorous birds and mammals. The area<br />
also provides a high quality nesting resource for birds. Koalas may forage in this habitat type.<br />
Dense ground cover and litter, plus available water would provide good habitat for amphibians,<br />
reptiles and ground mammals. Hollows are not usually found in this community, however, in<br />
the old growth sections intermittent eucalypts in the area do provide tree hollows for arboreal<br />
mammals, bats and birds.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
FAUNA 65<br />
6.1.4 Swamp Oak (32)<br />
Habitat Components: This habitat is characterised by a closed tree canopy with a low species<br />
diversity. The understorey is usually dense, providing good habitat for reptiles and ground<br />
mammals. Amphibian numbers are usually low due to saline conditions. This area provides a<br />
high quality nesting area for birds.<br />
6.1.5 Moist Blackbutt (36) and Old Growth Moist Blackbutt<br />
Habitat Components: This community has a moderately low canopy diversity, with blackbutt<br />
dominating the stand. However, a number of other species are also commonly found. Some of<br />
these species are known koala food trees. The ground cover and shrub layer are usually dense<br />
and floristically diverse, composed of a variety of rainforest species. Therefore, this forest type<br />
would provide good quality habitat for terrestrial mammals, birds, reptiles and amphibians.<br />
Blackbutts are also known to produce good hollows, with moderate numbers of hollows<br />
observed in many of these areas. High quality habitat is therefore provided for arboreal<br />
mammals and bats, especially in the old growth sections.<br />
6.1.6 Dry Blackbutt (37 & 41) and Old Growth Dry Blackbutt<br />
Habitat Components: This forest type has a low to moderate canopy diversity, with blackbutt<br />
dominating the stand, with only a few additional species occurring. The shrub layer in the area<br />
varies from dense to sparse and correspondingly the number of reptiles, terrestrial mammals<br />
and birds also vary. This habitat usually contains some mature trees with hollows suitable for<br />
sheltering and nesting of arboreal mammals, birds and bats, with hollow numbers increasing in<br />
the old growth sections. The lack of available water limits the suitability of this habitat for<br />
amphibians.<br />
6.1.7 Mixed Tallowwood (45 & 46) and Old Growth Mixed Tallowwood<br />
Habitat Components: This habitat consists of a mixed forest canopy usually containing<br />
tallowwood and a number of other tree species, often including Sydney blue gum. Some<br />
hollows occur in this habitat, although they are usually not abundant except in the old growth<br />
sections. The moist understorey conditions and rainforest shrub layer provide high quality<br />
habitat for amphibians, terrestrial mammals, reptiles and birds. Bats would also forage in this<br />
community. Koala food trees are common in this community.<br />
6.1.8 Flooded Gum (48) and Old Growth Flooded Gum<br />
Habitat Components: This forest type has a low canopy diversity, with often the canopy<br />
composed of only 1 or 2 species. However, the structural layers of this forest type are well<br />
developed, with dense shrub layers and usually a dense herb layer. The shrub layer is usually<br />
composed of rainforest species, which provide a good foraging source for fruit eating birds and<br />
mammals. This community is predominantly found around flowing creeks or low-lying areas,<br />
providing good quality habitat for amphibians. Logs and rocks are also a feature normally<br />
found in this area. Hollow density varies from many to some depending upon human access<br />
and past logging practices.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
FAUNA 66<br />
6.1.9 Brush Box (53) and Old Growth Brush Box<br />
Habitat Components: This forest type is often found on steeply sloping sheltered slopes and<br />
has a moderate number of hollows in the canopy, which increase in numbers in the old growth<br />
areas. The diversity of tree species varies from low to medium. A dense rainforest understorey<br />
is present, usually with a variety of layers. Ground cover is variable, usually with logs and<br />
rocks littering the forest floor. Therefore, this habitat would support a diverse number of birds,<br />
reptiles, amphibians and mammals.<br />
6.1.10 Mixed Grey Gum (60) and Old Growth Mixed Grey Gum<br />
Habitat Components: The predominantly closed tree canopy contains few to many trees with<br />
hollows depending upon the location of the old growth forest. These hollows are suitable for<br />
sheltering and nesting of arboreal mammals, birds and bats. The canopy has a high species<br />
diversity with more than 5 species being recorded in the area. This habitat is structurally<br />
diverse with a well developed shrub and herb layer. The dense shrub layer, sometimes<br />
containing rainforest species, provides good habitat for a variety of birds. Nectar producing<br />
shrubs and trees also provide a good foraging resource nectivorous species. The area would be<br />
utilised by insectivorous bats. Dense ground cover and much debris/leaf litter, makes this good<br />
habitat for reptiles and ground mammals. The sheltered topographic position of this habitat and<br />
subsequent moist conditions would also make this habitat suitable for amphibians.<br />
6.1.11 Mixed Dry Sclerophyll Forest (62) and Old Growth Mixed DSF<br />
Habitat Components: This forest type has a high canopy diversity with 5 tree species recorded<br />
in the area. However, the shrub layers and the herb layer are often lacking or very sparse,<br />
providing minimal habitat for birds and terrestrial mammals. It is predominantly found on<br />
ridgetops and north-facing slopes. No ponding or flowing water occurs in the area, however<br />
logs and other ground debris are found in this forest type. Therefore, it would provide<br />
moderate quality habitat for reptiles, but poor habitat for amphibians. Hollows are usually<br />
sparsely distributed in this habitat, except in the old growth areas.<br />
6.1.12 Spotted Gum - Ironbark Forest (70 & 74)<br />
Habitat Components: This habitat predominantly has a low canopy diversity, with spotted gum<br />
and ironbark dominating the area. Occasionally, an additional species will also occur. Hollow<br />
density is also usually low, while the shrub layer is sparse. Therefore, this community would<br />
not support high numbers of birds or arboreal mammals. The dense herb layer would provide<br />
good habitat for terrestrial mammals and reptiles. The dry conditions would also preclude<br />
many amphibian species.<br />
6.1.13 Smoothbarked Apple (105) and Old Growth Smoothbarked Apple<br />
Habitat Components: This forest type is structurally simplistic, with a canopy cover, a sparse<br />
shrub layer and the ground cover. The canopy diversity is low, with usually only 1 or 2<br />
species. Hollows are frequently found throughout these areas, increasing in numbers in the old<br />
growth sections. This habitat provides good habitat for hollow dependant fauna. The<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
FAUNA 67<br />
heathland shrub layer would provide a foraging resource for nectivorous fauna and nesting for<br />
birds. The dry conditions would limit amphibian numbers, although good quality habitat is<br />
provided for reptiles and terrestrial mammals.<br />
6.1.14 Smoothbarked Apple - Sydney Peppermint - Stringybark (106)<br />
Habitat Components: This habitat has a low diversity of canopy species, with usually only 2 or<br />
3 species occurring. A moderate to high number of hollows occur, providing quality habitat for<br />
hollow-dependant fauna. The shrub layer usually dense and includes paperbarks, providing<br />
good quality habitat for birds and nectivorous fauna. High quality amphibian habitat is<br />
provided with high moisture levels in the area, while reptiles and small mammals are also likely<br />
to occur in high numbers due to the dense shrub and herb layers.<br />
6.1.15 Scrub (107, 224 & 225)<br />
Habitat Components: This habitat is structurally simplistic, with a tall shrub/small tree layer<br />
dominating the area. Minimal undergrowth occurs beneath this layer. No hollows are present,<br />
but this habitat is regionally important as a foraging resource for nectivorous birds and bats.<br />
Reptiles would utilise this area, but the dry conditions and proximity to the coast would make<br />
this habitat unsuitable for amphibians. Small ground mammals are likely to be sparse in this<br />
area.<br />
6.1.16 Regrowth (221 & R)<br />
Habitat Components: This habitat type is dominated by lantana, with faunal habitat values<br />
being low due to the structural and floristic simplicity of the area.<br />
6.1.17 Disturbed Woodland (DW)<br />
Habitat Components: This forest type is structurally simplistic with usually only one<br />
distinctive layer, being the ground cover dominated by weeds and grasses. Predominantly no<br />
shrubs are found in this area, however, tree density varies from a very open woodland to<br />
scattered individuals.. This habitat would provide shelter and foraging for some small<br />
mammals, reptiles and seed-eating birds. Dams are often found in this community supporting<br />
amphibian populations, but, there is usually few rocks or logs on the ground.<br />
6.2 Fauna Survey<br />
6.2.1 Methodology<br />
Based on the identification of fauna habitats in the <strong>study</strong>, survey sites were selected to identify<br />
the presence of fauna, with particular emphasis on identifying the presence, or likely presence,<br />
of threatened fauna in the area. A total of 30 survey sites were identified in the <strong>study</strong> area,<br />
sampling the range of habitat types. The location of each survey site is shown on Figure 6.2.<br />
At each site a comprehensive survey was undertaken involving the following:<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
FAUNA 68<br />
6.2.1.1 Birds<br />
Plot style surveys along a 200-300 metre transect were undertaken. This involved sampling at<br />
50 metre intervals two pre-set transects. At each point for a period of 10 minutes, all bird<br />
species observed or heard callings within an arbitrary 50 metre radius of the point, are recorded.<br />
Each site is sampled on two separate occasions, during mornings between the hours of 0700 -<br />
0900 hours, and evenings between the hours of 1700 - 1900 hours.<br />
Nocturnal bird census involving listening for calls at night for 30 minutes. Following the<br />
census period, five minute pre-recorded calls of Powerful, Masked, Eastern Grass and Sooty<br />
Owls were broadcast through a 13W portable amplifier, with short periods of listening for<br />
vocal responses from the owls. Subsequent to playback calls, a period of 15 minutes quiet<br />
listening for vocal responses, and fifteen minutes spotlighting the area is undertaken.<br />
No playback calls were undertaken on nights with rainfall and/or strong winds, as these<br />
conditions adversely affect the detectability of all nocturnal bird species. Nocturnal bird<br />
investigations were conducted within the first four hours following sunset.<br />
Opportunistic sampling of bird species was also undertaken during other field activities.<br />
Diurnal searches for whitewash or regurgitation pellets of owls in close proximity to large<br />
mature trees with abundant hollows was conducted. Stag watching was also conducted beneath<br />
these trees to observe any owls departing tree hollows at dusk, as well as listening for calls of<br />
owl species which may be roosting nearby.<br />
6.2.1.2 Mammals<br />
Several strategies were adopted in order to determine the presence of threatened mammals.<br />
i. Koala<br />
Diurnal searches to determine the presence of Koala including scanning the main trunk and<br />
outer branches of preferred food trees with binoculars. This is carried out at survey sites with<br />
suitable habitat. Searches are conducted beneath preferred food trees for scats, and<br />
examination of the main trunk or bole for distinctive scratch marks to indicate the presence of<br />
Koalas. Nocturnal investigations include spotlight searches conducted on foot and quiet<br />
listening for vocalisations.<br />
ii.<br />
Possums and Gliders<br />
Arboreal trapping for possums and gliders was undertaken with Elliott Type B (15 x 16 x 45<br />
cm) and Type A (8 x 10 x 33 cm) folding aluminium traps mounted on platforms. Five<br />
arboreal traps in total were mounted on the main bole or trunk approximately 2 metres above<br />
the ground at each site. This totalled 600 trap nights for the <strong>study</strong> area.<br />
Arboreal traps were located at survey sites in close proximity to likely den trees (stages or<br />
mature trees with hollows) or trees in flower. Each trap was baited with a mixture of peanut<br />
butter, rolled oats, honey and sesame oil (hence referred to as a peanut butter ball). The trunk<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
FAUNA 69<br />
of the tree adjacent to the trap was also sprayed with a 50:50 mixture of water and honey to act<br />
as an attractant. Each trap was checked daily, and re-baited when necessary.<br />
Spotlighting searches for possums and gliders was conducted at survey sites with suitable forest<br />
habitat for a period of 2-3 hours per site. These searches were carried out on foot and from a<br />
vehicle, involving 10-15 minutes of spotlighting, followed by quiet listening in darkness for<br />
animal movements or vocalisations. Particular attention was paid to trees in flower, as the<br />
blossom provides a food source. In addition, playback calls of Yellow-bellied Glider and<br />
Squirrel Glider were broadcast through a portable cassette recorder and 13W amplifier, as these<br />
species are known to respond to such calls.<br />
Hair tubes were located on trees adjacent to likely den trees, and baited with a peanut butter<br />
ball. The trunk adjacent to the trap will be sprayed with a 50:50 mixture of water and honey to<br />
act as an additional attractant. Five hair tubes were placed at each site and left for a period of<br />
ten days.<br />
iii.<br />
Terrestrial Mammals<br />
Diurnal ground searches were conducted at survey sites with suitable habitat in order to locate<br />
indirect evidence of mammal species, such as tracks, scats, scratches and feeding nick marks on<br />
tree trunks, and ground burrows.<br />
Trapping for small terrestrial and scansorial (climbing) mammals was undertaken with 8 Elliott<br />
Type A and 2 Elliott Type B traps baited with a peanut butter at each survey site. Therefore the<br />
<strong>study</strong> site was sampled for a total of 1200 trap nights.<br />
Trapping for larger terrestrial mammals, such as bandicoots and quolls, was undertaken with a<br />
small cage trap (30 x 30 x 50 cm) at each site. Nine additional fox traps (45 x 45 x 80 cm)<br />
were also placed throughout the <strong>study</strong> area.<br />
At each site, pitfall traps (consisting of plastic conduit 16 cm diameter x 40 cm deep with a drift<br />
fence 10 metres long and 15 cm high) was set up and baited with a peanut butter ball. Each<br />
trap was inspected twice daily.<br />
Scats of small and large mammals, including predators, were collected and submitted to<br />
Barbara Triggs of Victoria for examination. This technique is useful in determining the<br />
presence of a species which may not be recorded by other sampling methods, such as quolls.<br />
6.2.1.3 Reptiles and Amphibians<br />
Diurnal searches for reptiles and frogs involve searching beneath ground litter, such as sheets of<br />
iron, fallen timber, leaf litter, decorticating bark, tufts of vegetation, stones, domestic rubbish,<br />
etc. Frogs are also identified by nocturnal searches and listening for characteristic calls of each<br />
species. Searches with a head-mounted torch were conducted along any stream banks or ponds<br />
for calling males. Spotlighting along roads and tracks was also undertaken by motor vehicle<br />
whilst travelling between survey sites. A minimum of one hour of reptile searches and one<br />
hour of amphibian searches was undertaken at each survey site.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
FAUNA 70<br />
6.2.1.4 Bats<br />
Pitfall trapping is also undertaken to capture small reptiles and amphibian species, methodology<br />
as discussed previously.<br />
At each site a harp trap was set up in a suitable flyway to capture bats. These traps were<br />
checked each morning, with the bats identified and then released. The position of the trap was<br />
changed after the first two nights and set up in another suitable flyway to assist in the detection<br />
of different bat species.<br />
An ultrasonic bat recorder was also be utilised throughout the <strong>study</strong> area. Recordings were<br />
undertaken for approximately 30 minutes at each site, with the detector moved continuously.<br />
Recordings made was then analyised using the anabat computer program.<br />
6.2.2 Weather Conditions<br />
Four weeks of fauna survey work was undertaken in the <strong>study</strong> area involving two or three<br />
people. Surveying occurred in 1998 from the 25 October to the 7 November, 22 to 28<br />
November and from 6 to 12 December. The weather conditions for these survey periods are<br />
outlined below:<br />
Week 1 (25-31/10/98) - One day of rainy conditions, with the rest of the week being fine<br />
weather. One night of high winds experienced. Temperature range from 15-27°C.<br />
Week 2 (1-7/11/98) - Cloud cover experienced for three days/four nights. Rain showers<br />
occurred over two days. Two nights of windy conditions. Temperature range from 14-23°C<br />
Week 3 (22-28/11/98) - Rain, with dense cloud cover most of the week. Very windy<br />
conditions experienced on two nights. Temperature range from 16-24°C.<br />
Week 4 (6-12/12/98) - Rain and cloud cover occurred for two days. Mostly calm weather with<br />
small periods of gusty winds. Temperature range from 16-27°C.<br />
6.2.3 Results of Fauna Survey<br />
A large variety of species were recorded in the <strong>study</strong> area. All fauna recorded in the <strong>study</strong> site<br />
is outlined in Table 6-1 below. space.<br />
Table 6-1 Fauna Recorded in the Area<br />
Common Name Scientific Name Survey Habitat Type<br />
Method<br />
Mammals<br />
T koala Phascolarctos cinereus Sp, Sc 30, 37, 60<br />
T Squirrel Glider Petaurus nofolcensis Sp, AC 37, 48, 60<br />
T Ruffous Bettong Aepyprymnus rufescens Sp, HT 60<br />
T Long-nosed Potoroo Perameles nasuta Tr 23, 37, 60<br />
T Yellow-bellied Glider Petaurus australis Sp, AC 36,37,48,62<br />
T Eastern Chestnut Mouse Psuedomys gracilicaudatus Tr, HT 31, 60<br />
Sugar Glider Petaurus breviceps Sp 37,46,60<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
FAUNA 71<br />
Common Name Scientific Name Survey Habitat Type<br />
Method<br />
Brown Antechinus Antechinus stuartii Tr 37,60,62<br />
Northern Brown Bandicoot Isoodon macrourus Tr All<br />
Echidna Tachyglossus aculeatus Ob 37,60<br />
Swamp Rat Rattus leutreolus Tr 30, 31, 48<br />
Bush Rat Rattus fuscipes Tr All<br />
Red-necked Pademelon Thylogale thetis Sp 30,106<br />
Red-necked Wallaby Macropus rufogriseus Sp, Sc All<br />
Eastern Grey Kangaroo Macropus giganteus Sp, Sc 37, 60, 62<br />
Swamp Wallaby Wallabia bicolor Sp 30,31,48,53<br />
Common Ringtail Possum Pseudocheirus peregrinus Sp Rf,<br />
Common Brushtail Possum Trichosuerus volpecula Sp, Sc 36,37,45,48,53,60,62,106<br />
Eastern Pygmy Possum Cercartetus nanus AE 36,53<br />
Grey-headed Flying Fox Pteropus poliocephalus Sp, AC 31,37,45,48,60<br />
T Little Bent-wing Bat Miniopterus australis H, E 37,45,53,60,106<br />
T Large Bent-wing Bat Miniopterus schreibersii H, E 37,45,53,60<br />
T <strong>Great</strong>er Broad-nosed Bat Scoteanax rueppellii E Rf, 45,48<br />
T Hoary Bat Chalinolobus nigrogriseus H 62<br />
T Golden-tipped Bat Kerivoula papuensis H 37<br />
Goulds Wattle Bats Chalinolobus gouldii H, E 60<br />
Chocolate Wattle Bat Chalinolobus morio E 48,60<br />
Little Free-tail Bat Mormopterus loriae E 37<br />
Little Forest Bats Vespadelus vulturnus H, E All<br />
Eastern Forest Bat Vespadelus pumilus E 23,45,53,60<br />
Southern Forest Bat Vespadelus regulus H, E All<br />
Eastern Broad-nosed Bat Scotorepens orion E 37,62,105<br />
Goulds Long-eared Bat Nyctophilus gouldii E 36,48,60<br />
Lesser Long-eared Bat Nyctophilus geoffroyi H 31,48,106<br />
White-striped Mastiff Bat Tadarida australis E 60<br />
*Black Rat Rattus rattus Tr 37,48,60,62<br />
*House Mouse Mus musculus Tr 36,37<br />
Reptiles<br />
Green Tree Snake Denrelaphis punctulata Ob Rf,48<br />
Marsh Snake Hemiaspis signata Ob 30,31,32<br />
Carpet Python Morelia spilota Ob Rf,60<br />
Red-bellied Black Snake Pseudechis porphyriacus Ob 37,60<br />
Small-eyed Snake Cryptophis nigrescens Ob 62<br />
Yellow-faced Whip Snake Cacophis squamulosus Ob 106<br />
Eastern Water Dragon Physignathus lesueurii Ob 37,48,60<br />
Lace Monitor Varanus varius Ob 37,105<br />
Grass Skink Lampropholis delicata Ob. All<br />
Skink Calyptotus ruficauda Ob 37<br />
Eastern Water Skink Eulamprus qyoyii Ob 37,48,53,60<br />
Blue-tongued Lizard Tiliqua scincoides Ob 36,37<br />
Common Scaly-foot Pygopus lepidopodus Ob 60<br />
Amphibians<br />
Tusked Frog Adolotus brevis AC Near Water<br />
Whirring Tree Frog Litoria verreauxii Ob, AC Near Water<br />
Peron’s Tree Fog Litoria peronii AC Near Water<br />
Tyler’s Tree Frog Litoria tylerii AC Near Water<br />
Common Eastern Froglet Crinia signifera AC Near Water<br />
Eastern Dwarf Tree Frog Litoria fallax Ob Near Water<br />
Leaf Green Tree Frog Litoria phylochroa AC Near Water<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
FAUNA 72<br />
Common Name Scientific Name Survey Habitat Type<br />
Method<br />
Bleating Tree Frog Litoria dentata AC Near Water<br />
Freycineti’s Frog Litoria freycineti Ob Near Water<br />
Broad-palmed Frog Litoria latopalmata Ob Near Water<br />
Rocket Frog Litoria nasuta Ob Near Water<br />
Brown Toadlet Pseudophryne bibroni AC, C Near Water<br />
Red-backed Toadlet Pseudophryne coriacea Ob, AC Near Water<br />
Striped Marsh Frog Lymnodynastes peroni Ob, AC Near Water<br />
Birds<br />
White-bellied Sea-eagle Haliaeetus leucogaster Ob Many<br />
Whistling Kite Haliastur sphenurus Ob, AC Many<br />
Brown Goshawk Accipiter fasciatus Ob Many<br />
Australian Kestrel Falco cenchroides Ob Many<br />
Stubble Quail Coturnix pectoralis Ob 60<br />
Brown Quail Corturnix australis Ob 37<br />
Peaceful Dove Geopelia cuneata Ob Many<br />
Emerald Dove Chalcophaps indica Ob Rf<br />
White-headed Pigeon Columba leucomela Ob Many<br />
Crested Pigeon Ocyphaps lophotes Ob Many<br />
Brown Cuckoo-dove Macropygia amboinensis Ob Many<br />
Wonga Pigeon Leucosarcia melanoleuca Ob Many<br />
T Wompoo Fruit-Dove Ptilinopus magnificus Ob 23<br />
Galah Cacatua roseicapilla Ob Many<br />
Yellow-tailed Black Cockatoo Calyptorhynchus funereus Ob, AC Many<br />
Rainbow Lorikeet Trichoglossus haematodus AC Many<br />
Scaley-breasted Lorikeet Trichoglossus chlorolepidotus Ob, Ac Many<br />
Little Lorikeet Glossopsitta pusilla Ob Many<br />
Eastern Rosella Platycercus eximius Ob, AC Many<br />
King Parrot Alisterus scapularis AE Many<br />
Common Koel Eudynamys scolapacea AC Many<br />
Phseasant Coucal Centropus phasianinus Ob Many<br />
Southern Boobook Ninox novaeseelandiae AC Many<br />
Barking Owl Ninox connivens AC Many<br />
T Masked Owl Tyto novaehollandiae Ob, AC 37, 45, 46, 48, 60<br />
Tawny Frogmouth Podargus strigoides Ob, AC Many<br />
Australian Owlet Nightjar Aegotheles cristatus AC Many<br />
White-throated Nightjar Caprimulgus mysticalis AC Many<br />
Australian Kookaburra Dacelo novaeguineae Ob, AC Many<br />
Forest Kingfisher Halycon macleayi Ob Many<br />
Sacred Kingfisher Halycon sancta Ob Many<br />
Noisy Pitta Pitta versicolor AC Rf<br />
Welcome Swallow Hirundo neaxena Ob Many<br />
Black-faced Cuckoo-shrike Coracina nobaehollandiae Ob Many<br />
Cicarda bird Coracina tenuirostris AC Many<br />
Eastern Yellow Robin Eopsaltria australis Ob Many<br />
Rose Robin Petroica phoenica Ob Many<br />
Jacky Winter Microeca leicophaea Ob Many<br />
Golden Whistler Pachycephala pectoralis Ob Many<br />
Rufous Whistler Pachycephala rufiventris Ob, AC Many<br />
Grey Shrike-thrush Colluricincia harmonica Ob Many<br />
Restless Flycatcher Myiagra inquieta Ob Many<br />
Rufous Fantail Rhipidura rufifrons Ob Many<br />
Grey Fantail Rhipidura fuliginosa Ob Many<br />
Willy Wagtail Rhipidura leucophrys Ob Many<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
FAUNA 73<br />
Common Name Scientific Name Survey Habitat Type<br />
Method<br />
Logrunner Orthonyx temminckii Ob Many<br />
Eastern Whipbird Psophodes olivaceus AC Many<br />
Superb Blue Wren Malurus cyaneus Ob Many<br />
Variegated Wren Malurus assimilis Ob Many<br />
White-throated Gerygone Gerygone olivacea Ob Many<br />
Brown Gerygone Gerygone mouki Ob Many<br />
Striated Thornbill Acanthiza lineata Ob Many<br />
Buff-rumped Thornbill Acanthiza reguloides Ob Many<br />
Brown Thornbill Acanthiza pusilla Ob Many<br />
Varied Sitella Daphoenositta chrysoptera Ob Many<br />
White-throated Treecreeper Cormobates leucophaea Ob Many<br />
Brown Treecreeper Acanthiza pusilla Ob Many<br />
Little Wattlebird Anthochaera chrysoptera Ob Many<br />
Noisy Friarbird Philemon corniculatus AC Many<br />
Noisy Miner Manorina melanocephala Ob, AC Many<br />
Scarlet Honeyeater Myzomela obscura Ob Many<br />
White-eared Honeyeater Lichenostormus leucotis Ob Many<br />
New Holland Honeyeater Phylidonyris albifrons Ob Many<br />
Lewin’s Honeyeater Meliphaga lewinii Ob, AC Many<br />
White-cheeked Honeyeater Phylidonyris nigra Ob Many<br />
Eastern Spinebill Acanthorhynchus tenuirostris Ob Many<br />
Spotted Pardalote Pardalotus punctatus Ob Many<br />
Striated Pardalote Pardalotus stiatus Ob Many<br />
Silvereye Zosterops lateralis Ob Many<br />
Red-browed Finch Neochmia temporalis Ob Many<br />
Olive-backed Oriole Oriolus sagittatus Ob Many<br />
Figbird Sphecotheres viridis Ob Many<br />
Satin Bowerbird Ptilonorhynchus violaceus Ob Many<br />
Green Catbird Ailureodus crassirostris Ob, AC Rf<br />
White-browed Scrubwren Sericornis frontalis Ob Many<br />
White-winged Chough Corcorax melanorhamphus Ob Many<br />
Magpie-lark Grallina cyanoleuca Ob Many<br />
Masked Lapwing Ob Many<br />
Spotted Pardalote Pardalotus punctatus Ob Many<br />
Grey Butcherbird Cracticus torquatus Ob, AC Many<br />
Pied Butcherbird Cracticus nigrogularis Ob, AC Many<br />
Pied Currawong Strepera graculina Ob Many<br />
Torrisian Crow Corvus coronoides Ob Many<br />
Australian Magpie Gymnorhina tibicen Ob, AC Many<br />
Australian Raven Corvus coronoides Ob, AC Many<br />
NOTE: AC = Audible Call Tr = Trapped Sp = Spotlight<br />
HT = Hairtube Analysis Sc = Scat Analysis Ob = Observed<br />
C = Captured AE = Anecdotal Evidence T = Threatened Species<br />
6.2.4 Threatened Species<br />
A total of thirteen threatened species were recorded in the <strong>study</strong> area. These were the Koala,<br />
Yellow-bellied Glider, Squirrel Glider, Eastern Chestnut Mouse, Long-nosed Potoroo, Rufour<br />
Bettong, Little Bent-wing Bat, Large Bent-wing Bat, <strong>Great</strong>er Broad-nosed Bat, Hoary Bat,<br />
Golden-tipped Bat, Masked Owl and Wompoo Fruit-dove. An additional nine threatened<br />
species have previously been recorded in the locality and have a high likelihood of occurring in<br />
the <strong>study</strong> area. These species are the Tiger Quoll, Wallum Froglet, Powerful Owl, Regent<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
FAUNA 74<br />
Honeyeater, Osprey, Glossy Black Cockatoo, Stephen’s Banded Snake, Square-tailed Kite and<br />
Turquoise Parrot.<br />
6.3 Fauna Conservation Values<br />
The results obtained from the fauna surveys were combined with the intrinsic habitat values of<br />
the faunal habitats outlined in Section 6.1. The results were utilised to assign a conservation<br />
value to each habitat type, as outlined in Table 6-2 below.<br />
Table 6-2 Fauna Habitat Conservation Values<br />
Forest Type Description Conservation<br />
Value<br />
7, 23, 24, 25 Rainforest High<br />
30 Swamp Mahogany High<br />
30 Swamp Mahogany Old Growth High<br />
31 Paperbark Medium-High<br />
31 Paperbark Old Growth High<br />
32 Swamp Oak Low-Medium<br />
36 Moist Blackbutt Medium-High<br />
36 Moist Blackbutt Old Growth High<br />
37,41 Dry Blackbutt Medium-High<br />
37,41 Dry Blackbutt Old Growth High<br />
45, 46 Mixed Tallowwood High<br />
45, 46 Mixed Tallowwood Old Growth High<br />
48 Flooded Gum High<br />
48 Flooded Gum Old Growth High<br />
53 Brush Box Medium-High<br />
53 Brush Box Old Growth High<br />
60 Mixed Grey Gum High<br />
60 Mixed Grey Gum Old Growth High<br />
62 Mixed Dry Sclerophyll Medium<br />
62 Mixed Dry Sclerophyll Old Growth High<br />
70, 74 Spotted Gum - Ironbark/Grey Gum Low-Medium<br />
105 Smoothbarked Apple Medium<br />
105 Smoothbarked Apple Old Growth High<br />
106 Smoothbarked Apple - Sydney Peppermint - Stringybark High<br />
107,224 225 Scrub Low<br />
221, R Regrowth Low<br />
DW Disturbed Woodland Low<br />
6.4 Habitat Ranking<br />
6.4.1 Methodology<br />
The habitat ranking system utilised for this project was undertaken to assess the relative values<br />
of the habitat within the <strong>study</strong> area. It is based upon an assessment of eight factors for each<br />
mapped vegetation unit. Each factor was assigned a numerical value generally between 0 and<br />
3, except in the case of disturbance which is assigned a negative rating. Each of these factors is<br />
explained below. The first three relate to the individual vegetation unit, while the remaining<br />
five relate to its value within a vegetation complex.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
FAUNA 75<br />
6.4.1.1 Community Habitat Components<br />
This factor is based upon the assessment of the habitat values of each forest type outlined in the<br />
previous table. The features examined included structural components, floristic diversity, the<br />
presence of hollows, presence of logs or rocks, available water and any other noteworthy<br />
features. Each of the forest types have been ranked as high, medium or low quality habitats (or<br />
combination) and assigned a numerical value of between 3 and 1. A value of 3 relates to high<br />
quality habitat and 1 low quality habitat.<br />
6.4.1.2 Conservation Value<br />
This factor relates to the forest type and its conservation value in the region. This is based upon<br />
distributional abundance, the adequacy or otherwise of its conservation in reserves and<br />
National Parks and the likely presence of threatened species. Values are assigned in a similar<br />
manner to the habitat values with a value of 3 representing a high conservation value and 1<br />
representing a low conservation value. This has already been assessed in the previous chapter.<br />
6.4.1.3 Disturbance<br />
The majority of vegetation communities in the <strong>study</strong> area have had some disturbance to them to<br />
varying degrees, either through fire, logging, grazing, underscrubbing, tracks / fences, weed<br />
invasion or mining. Disturbance is also often a transitory state, with the vegetation community<br />
commonly recovering once the disturbance is halted. Any areas that were in a disturbed state so<br />
as to affect their fauna values were assigned a negative rating of -1. All other areas were given<br />
a value of 0 for disturbance.<br />
6.4.1.4 Habitat Node<br />
This factor relates to whether the individual vegetation unit is part of a larger habitat node,<br />
which will influence the value of the area for fauna. The larger the vegetated area usually the<br />
higher the diversity of fauna it can support. In this way if the unit is part of a vegetated area<br />
which is less than 1 km² it was given a habitat node value of 0. If the area forms a vegetated<br />
patch between 1-5 km² it was assigned a value of 1; between 5-10 km² it was assigned a value<br />
of 2; while if the area is greater than 10 km² it was given a rating of 3.<br />
6.4.1.5 Corridor Potential<br />
The corridor potential of a vegetation unit was also assessed. Vegetated corridors were<br />
identified between the core areas, such as the State Forest, Booti Booti National Park. Units<br />
forming a more or less continuous corridor were assigned a value of 3. Units not forming a<br />
continuous corridor, but occurring in an identified corridor band were given a value of 2, while<br />
isolated units or units outside the identified corridors were given 1 point.<br />
6.4.1.6 Proximity to Other Vegetation Units<br />
This factor relates to the isolation of vegetation units and therefore their value to fauna. If a<br />
vegetation unit is less than 50 metres from another unit, then it is assigned a rating of 3. If it is<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
FAUNA 76<br />
between 50 and 250 metres it was given a value of 2. If it is between 250 and 500 metres from<br />
another unit then it was only given a value of 1, while if it is greater than 500 metres it was<br />
given a rating of 0.<br />
6.4.1.7 Local Area Biodiversity<br />
This factor relates to the variability of vegetation units within 1 km². This is based upon the<br />
higher the diversity of vegetation types in an area, the higher the faunal habitat values. 1 km²<br />
was chosen as it would encompass the home ranges of the majority of sedentary fauna species<br />
which require a range of vegetation types within close proximity. A value of 3 for local<br />
biodiversity is applied to areas that have greater than 5 different forest types within 1 km². A<br />
value of 2 was given to units that have between 3 and 5 different types within the 1 km², while<br />
a value of 1 was applied to areas with less than 3 different communities.<br />
6.4.1.8 Known Presence of Threatened Species<br />
This factor varies in value with the records of threatened species. A vegetation unit that has<br />
one or more records of a threatened species within a 1 km radius was given a value of 1 for<br />
each threatened species. All other units were given 0.<br />
6.4.1.9 Summary of Ranking Methodology<br />
The eight factors utilised to determine habitat values of the vegetation units and their relative<br />
numerical ranking is summaries in Table 6-3 below:<br />
Table 6-3 Ranking Methodology Summary<br />
Value Factor 1 2 3<br />
Habitat Value Low Medium High<br />
Conservation Value Low Medium High<br />
Disturbance Present (-1) Absent (0)<br />
Habitat Node >10<br />
km²<br />
500m=0)<br />
250-500m 50-250 m
FAUNA 77<br />
6.4.2 Problems with the Methodology<br />
While the methodology outlined above attempted to provide a comprehensive assessment of all<br />
factors, the variability of the natural environment and its relative value for fauna is difficult to<br />
quantify. The ecosystem is designed to function as a whole with many faunal groups requiring<br />
a range of habitat types within a given area to meet their foraging and sheltering requirements.<br />
Other fauna species have highly specialised requirements and are dependant upon a particular<br />
shrub/tree or microclimatic condition of a habitat for their survival. Therefore, any one<br />
vegetation area will provide high quality habitat for some species and poor quality habitat for<br />
others. This includes both highly disturbed or cleared areas and pristine rainforest.<br />
In addition, assessment of any areas relative habitat value is subjective and based upon limited<br />
human perceptions of the environment. While the above methodology attempted to minimise<br />
individual human subjectivity, the assignment of numerical values and their relative weighting<br />
is initially subjective, despite being based on known ecological principals. Therefore, while the<br />
system is based upon a numerical ranking, the habitat map produced does not show individual<br />
numbers, but has divided the area into high, medium and low quality habitat as outlined below.<br />
6.5 Habitat Conservation Mapping<br />
The habitat conservation values are shown in Figure 6.3. This mapping while based upon the<br />
numerical ranking system outlined above, does not show individual numbers for each unit.<br />
This was undertaken to minimise the subjectivity of the viewers individual interpretation of the<br />
relative weighting of each of the figures. A typical human response would be to assume that an<br />
area with a value of 18 is twice as good habitat as an area with a 9 ranking, three times as good<br />
as a 6, etc. However, this purely mathematical approach does not adequately represent the<br />
complexity of the natural environment.<br />
Therefore, the individual numbers, ranging from 3 to 19, were assigned to one of three classes:<br />
low, medium or high values. Units having a value of less than 8 were assigned a low habitat<br />
value. Medium values were given to areas with a rating of between 9 and 14, while high<br />
quality habitat was assigned to any area with a rating of 15 or greater. Therefore, the two lower<br />
habitat values have 6 individual numbers and the high habitat only has 5. However, some of<br />
the individual habitat and conservation values have been assigned ½ a mark. Therefore, if a<br />
unit was found to equal 14½ it was also given a high rating.<br />
6.6 Ecological Development Constraints<br />
6.6.1 Constraints Map<br />
A number of ecological constraints to development occur in the Smiths Lake Area. Three<br />
threatened plant species were found in the area, Melaleuca biconvexa, Cynanchum elegans and<br />
Eucalyptus fergusonii spp fergusonii. The first two of these species have highly specialised<br />
habitat requirements and occur in fairly small restricted areas. Therefore, development of these<br />
areas would result in the extinction of a local population of a threatened species and hence<br />
should not be undertaken. These areas have been classified as highly constrained for<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
FAUNA 78<br />
development. The distribution of the rare ironbark is more widespread in the area and it is<br />
therefore more difficult to exclude from development all communities containing this species.<br />
A number of vegetation communities were also identified as being of high conservation value<br />
for a variety of reasons. Thirteen threatened fauna species were also recorded in the Smiths<br />
Lake Area.<br />
To determine the development constraints of the <strong>study</strong> area, the conservation map for flora was<br />
overlain with the conservation map for fauna. As mentioned in the previous paragraph the<br />
areas containing the localised threatened plant species were classified as highly constrained<br />
areas. In addition, areas that were identified as being high conservation for both flora and<br />
fauna, or high conservation for fauna and medium or medium-high conservation for flora were<br />
also classified as highly constrained areas.<br />
Areas of medium or low conservation significance for fauna and high or medium-high<br />
conservation significance for flora were classified as moderately constrained. In addition, areas<br />
of high fauna conservation and low flora conservation were also classified as moderately<br />
constrained. All other areas (ie low conservation for both fauna and flora or low for flora and<br />
medium for fauna) were identified as having few constraints for development. The distribution<br />
of these development constraint categories in the <strong>study</strong> area is shown in Figure 6.4.<br />
6.6.2 Other Considerations<br />
The map of development constraints provides broad guidelines for development. Development<br />
of areas that are highly constrained would have a significant impact upon local populations of<br />
threatened species and is likely to result in local extinctions. Development of moderately<br />
constrained land may also result in a significant impact to threatened populations. However, the<br />
impact to populations would not be as great as the previous category. While the fauna trapping<br />
undertaken was comprehensive, there is still areas that were not targeted with surveys. Areas<br />
of moderately constrained land may in fact be more constrained if additional surveys were<br />
undertaken in these areas and threatened species detected.<br />
While a diverse range of threatened fauna species were recorded in Smiths Lake Village, a<br />
number of residents have noted a decline in the distribution of some species, especially the<br />
koala. Therefore, it would appear that while the habitat in the area currently supports viable<br />
populations of threatened species, any more loss of habitat is likely to result in local extinctions<br />
in the Smiths Lake Village Area. However, it is also possible that some populations in the<br />
Village are already headed towards extinction due to the loss of habitat, presence of domestic<br />
pets and mortality through collisions with vehicles. This is especially the case in the more<br />
isolated areas of the village towards the south-eastern corner. Any developments in this area<br />
would require an SIS to be undertaken as local extinctions are likely to result.<br />
Development of areas that have few constraints on them would have very minimal impact on<br />
any threatened population in the <strong>study</strong> area.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
FAUNA 79<br />
6.6.3 Development of Medium and High Conservation Value Land<br />
Land with existing development entitlements conferred by registered subdivision plans and<br />
residential zones is located within areas of medium and high conservation value in the Smiths<br />
Lake Village Area. Under current legislation, development consent would be needed to<br />
construct dwellings on these lots.<br />
Generally, consideration of impacts on threatened species would not be undertaken for<br />
residential scale development. However, given the importance of medium and high<br />
conservation land in the Smiths Lake Village Area, <strong>Council</strong> may need to consider such impacts<br />
due to the adverse cumulative effects of small scale clearing over extensive areas.<br />
<strong>Council</strong> may wish to consider a more holistic approach than that which would occur if each<br />
application that included clearing within a residential lot were considered in isolation. For<br />
example, the formulation of a conservation and development strategy for the Smiths Lake<br />
Village Area, based on stakeholder involvement of <strong>Council</strong>, land owners, residents of Smiths<br />
Lake Village and public authorities, could be pursued separately from this <strong>study</strong>. It would assist<br />
land owners and the community to understand the difficulties that may arise with extensive<br />
clearing, ensure that a consistent and fair approach was adopted by <strong>Council</strong> in considering<br />
applications for residential development, and provide greater certainty to land owners of future<br />
development entitlements.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
WATER QUALITY SENSITIVITY MAPPING 80<br />
7 WATER QUALITY SENSITIVITY MAPPING<br />
7.1 Introduction<br />
This component of the <strong>study</strong>, which is closely related to the stormwater management<br />
assessments presented in Section 4, is intended to classify land areas of the SLA and SLVA<br />
according to their importance for maintenance of water quality within Smiths and Wallis <strong>Lakes</strong>.<br />
In fact, what has been done is somewhat different to this specific wording requirement of the<br />
<strong>study</strong> brief, with WBM Oceanics Australia having identified land areas with potential to<br />
seriously affect water quality in Wallis and Smiths <strong>Lakes</strong>. By inference, an area which could<br />
seriously affect receiving water quality can be defined as land with considerable importance for<br />
maintenance of water quality.<br />
The approach taken by the <strong>study</strong> in regard to the above is summarised below:<br />
• conduct a thorough site inspection of the catchment and receiving waters;<br />
• collate and review all relevant catchment and receiving water quality data;<br />
• develop a set of categories and criteria to enable the assessment of the potential impacts of<br />
particular areas of the SLA and SLVA on receiving water quality; and<br />
• use the categories/criteria and relevant GIS analytical techniques to map the SLA and<br />
SLVA with respect to potential for degrading receiving water quality.<br />
The last component of the above <strong>study</strong> approach subsequently comprised the key ‘start’ point<br />
for <strong>study</strong> stormwater management assessments discussed in Section 4.<br />
7.2 Receiving Water Description<br />
Data on the quality of waters present in Wallis and Smiths <strong>Lakes</strong> were available to WBM<br />
Oceanics Australia from Estuary Processes Studies of these two waterways conducted by Webb<br />
McKeown and Associates for <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Lakes</strong> <strong>Council</strong>. A final copy of the Smiths Lake Estuary<br />
Processes Study was made available to WBM Oceanics Australia, while relevant water and<br />
sediment quality data for the as yet incomplete Wallis Lake <strong>study</strong> were provided by Webb<br />
McKeown/Marine Pollution Research to WBM Oceanics Australia. Based on these data, and<br />
field observations made by WBM Oceanics Australia staff, the following generic comments<br />
can be made:<br />
7.2.1 Smiths Lake<br />
• water and sediment quality levels are close to pristine (ie. resembling that of an undisturbed<br />
catchment);<br />
• water quality levels generally comply with protection of aquatic ecosystems and primary<br />
contact recreation water quality guidelines;<br />
• the <strong>lake</strong> limnological and water quality state would appear to be prone to potential rapid<br />
degradation due to increased catchment loads as:<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
WATER QUALITY SENSITIVITY MAPPING 81<br />
◊<br />
◊<br />
retention times in the system are lengthy; and<br />
slight increases in sediment nutrient reserves (due to deposition of runoff related<br />
inputs) combined with occasional <strong>lake</strong> stratification could rapidly lead to<br />
worsening in <strong>lake</strong> water quality via the initiation of enhanced sediment nutrient<br />
release processes.<br />
• <strong>lake</strong> bacteriological levels appear to increase under wet weather conditions.<br />
7.2.2 Wallis Lake<br />
• Data collected by Webb McKeown and supplied to WBM Oceanics Australia was<br />
completely inadequate to develop any significant understanding of water quality in the<br />
southern extent of Wallis Lake. Only three ambient/sites were located in the <strong>lake</strong> (sites L4,<br />
L5 and L6). For these sites:<br />
◊<br />
◊<br />
no chemical data at all appears to have been collected at site L6<br />
site L4 had one survey/set of analyses for NO x and PO 4 , 3 surveys for faecal<br />
coliforms and 4 surveys for chlorophyll a.<br />
◊ site L5 had one survey/set of analyses for NO x and PO 4 .<br />
This lack of data was reported (Paul Anink, pers comm) to be due to decisions made during<br />
the <strong>study</strong> to focus limited analytical resources elsewhere in the estuary.<br />
• Webb McKeown included one sampling and analysis site in Wallis Creek (site C5) for<br />
which four (4) dry weather surveys and laboratory constituent analyses were performed.<br />
These data (Paul Anink, pers comm) are generally representative of water quality in<br />
southern Wallis Lake. No wet weather data was collected from this site.<br />
• The above data set is presented in Table 7.1<br />
Table 7-1 Southern Wallis Lake Water Quality Data<br />
Site Date NO x<br />
(mg/L)<br />
PO 4<br />
(mg/L)<br />
TN<br />
(mg/L)<br />
TP<br />
(mg/L)<br />
NH 3<br />
(mg/L)<br />
TSS<br />
(mg/L)<br />
FC<br />
(cfu/100mL)<br />
Chl a<br />
(µg/L)<br />
L4 10/8/97
WATER QUALITY SENSITIVITY MAPPING 82<br />
• From these data, it would appear that:<br />
◊<br />
◊<br />
◊<br />
◊<br />
average total nitrogen (0.53mg/L) levels are high;<br />
average total phosphorus (0.03mg/L) levels are elevated;<br />
waters are moderately productive, as evidenced by an average chlorophyll a<br />
level of 4µg/L; and<br />
bacterial and suspended solids levels are low.<br />
• With respect to physical water quality in southern Wallis Lake, data collected by Webb<br />
McKeown (Paul Anink, pers comm) indicated shallow, well mixed, well oxygenated,<br />
estuarine conditions prevail in the area.<br />
7.2.3 Summary<br />
Based on the reasonable data set for Smiths Lake, and the extremely limited Wallis Lake<br />
information, the following summary comments can be made with respect to receiving water<br />
quality levels in the <strong>study</strong> area:<br />
• Smiths Lake is a near pristine, oligotrophic (mean chlorophyll a 1.2µg/L) <strong>lake</strong> exhibiting<br />
high levels of water quality. Lake stratification does occur, and this, combined with the<br />
poorly flushed nature of the <strong>lake</strong> and it’s potential for nutrient accumulation require high<br />
levels of protection to prevent water quality and ecological deterioration.<br />
• Wallis Lake water quality is considerably more degraded than Smiths Lake. Nutrient levels<br />
appear to be significantly higher than those in Smiths Lake (average Total N of 0.53mg/L in<br />
Wallis Lake compared to 0.28mg/L in Smiths Lake, Total P of 0.03mg/L compared to<br />
0.01mg/L in Smiths Lake). Primary productivity rates are commensurately higher, as<br />
evidenced by typical Wallis Lake chlorophyll a levels of 3.0µg/L and Smiths Lake<br />
chlorophyll a levels of 1.2µg/L.<br />
Regardless of the above differences in ambient water quality levels, in terms of sensitivity for<br />
maintenance of water quality, this <strong>study</strong> sees no reason to discriminate between areas draining<br />
to Wallis or Smiths <strong>Lakes</strong>. It could be argued that Smiths Lake water quality is ‘further’ from<br />
relevant water quality criteria than is the case for Wallis Lake, and hence has a greater<br />
assimilative capacity for increased catchment loads. It is the opinion of WBM Oceanics<br />
Australia however, that Smiths Lake is also more susceptible to significant water quality and<br />
environmental degradation if changes occur in catchment loads. This is due to the sporadic<br />
nature of tidal exchange and the observed occasional water column stratification within the<br />
<strong>lake</strong>.<br />
Given the above, and the fact that Wallis Lake nutrient levels are likely to already exceed<br />
ANZECC criteria for the protection of aquatic ecosystems, this <strong>study</strong> believes that each<br />
receiving waterbody should be treated identically with respect to water quality sensitivity, and<br />
that any future catchment development (see Section 4 for further discussion) should aim to<br />
achieve a ‘no-worsening’ criteria with respect to pollutant export into the <strong>lake</strong>s.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
WATER QUALITY SENSITIVITY MAPPING 83<br />
7.3 Sensitivity Analysis Methodology<br />
7.3.1 Preamble<br />
In order to derive relevant receiving water quality impact sensitivity maps, a logical process<br />
was developed which had the following key steps:<br />
• firstly, a number of key parameters which were considered relevant to potential receiving<br />
water quality impact were identified;<br />
• relevant numerical ranges (eg. slopes > 20%) of these parameters were then identified, and<br />
maps of the relevant parameter ranges prepared; and<br />
• finally, a methodology was developed to combine the respective parameters to produce a<br />
receiving water quality impact ‘score’ for each area of land within the SLA and SLVA. The<br />
magnitude of the resulting ‘score’ used to define the high, moderate or low receiving water<br />
quality impact (or level of sensitivity for maintenance of water quality) designation required<br />
in the <strong>study</strong> brief.<br />
The results of this analysis methodology are presented below.<br />
7.3.2 Key Sensitivity Parameters<br />
Water quality and catchment management specialists of the <strong>study</strong> team identified the following<br />
as key parameters relating to the potential receiving water quality impact of the SLA and<br />
SLVA.<br />
• land slope - the steeper the slope, the greater the potential for erosion and hence water<br />
quality impact, especially in the event of any construction;<br />
• tributary and waterway proximity (or buffer width) - the closer a site is to Wallis and Smiths<br />
Lake and major tributaries thereof, the greater the potential for water quality effect;<br />
• soil type - the finer the soil the greater the potential effect;<br />
• presence of a reticulated sewerage system - if an area is sewered, there is less potential for<br />
development related receiving water impact; and<br />
• existing vegetation - if an area is presently heavily vegetated, there is greater sensitivity of<br />
receiving water quality impact than if it has already been cleared.<br />
7.3.3 Parameter Mapping<br />
Figures 7.1 to 7.5 illustrate the relevant mapping conducted by WBM Oceanics Australia of<br />
each of the previously sensitivity parameters. For each parameter, a series of ‘ranges’ was<br />
adopted on the basis of experience and a brief literature/Internet search, as follows:<br />
• land slope 40%<br />
• tributary and waterway proximity >100m, 30-100m,
WATER QUALITY SENSITIVITY MAPPING 84<br />
• sewerage<br />
• existing vegetation<br />
yes, no<br />
cleared, uncleared/natural<br />
7.3.4 Parameter Combination and Sensitivity Designation<br />
Having defined relevant parameters, and ranges for each parameter, the next step in the <strong>study</strong><br />
was to assign a ‘score’ to each range of each parameter, add the ‘scores’ for each parcel of<br />
<strong>study</strong> area within a GIS framework, and finally correlate the total ‘score’ for each parcel of the<br />
<strong>study</strong> area with designated values for high, medium and low water quality sensitivity. Equal<br />
weighting was given to each parameter as no rationale could be identified to do otherwise.<br />
The ‘scoring’ system that was developed for each range of each parameter was as follows:<br />
Parameter<br />
Slope Range 40%<br />
Score 0 1 2 4 5<br />
Waterway Range >100m 30 - 100m
WATER QUALITY SENSITIVITY MAPPING 85<br />
7.4 Sensitivity Mapping<br />
Figure 7-6 presents the derived map of areas of the SLA and SLVA with low, moderate and<br />
high sensitivities for maintenance of water quality. Based on this mapping, 66% of the SLA is<br />
classed as having a high sensitivity for maintenance of water quality, and 32% having a<br />
moderate sensivitivity for maintenance of water quality. For the SLVA, 58% is classed as<br />
having high sensitivity for maintenance of water quality, and 39% is classed as having<br />
moderate sensitivity for maintenance of water quality.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
VISUAL AND SCENIC QUALITY 86<br />
8 VISUAL AND SCENIC QUALITY<br />
8.1 Landscape Character & Elements<br />
Three general categories describe landscape character in the <strong>study</strong> area: urban, rural, and<br />
natural. They are each composed of finer elements that are based on landform, visibility,<br />
prominence and modification. Essentially, all areas are natural environments unless or until<br />
they are modified.<br />
Prominence means the degree to which an element can be viewed from different viewpoints<br />
and distances. Visibility means the degree to which a viewer can perceive elements in their view<br />
shed.<br />
8.1.1 Urban Elements<br />
There are five elements that contribute to urban character in the <strong>study</strong> area:<br />
• sealed roads, with or without curb, gutter or footpaths;<br />
• houses, commercial or community structures and facilities without substantial separation<br />
distances;<br />
• formal landscaping around houses;<br />
• utility services;<br />
• vehicles, parked in driveways or on the road.<br />
Urban elements cause the greatest modification to the natural environment. Urban elements<br />
may have varying degrees of visibility, depending on landform and intervening vegetation.<br />
However, they are generally prominent within the view shed.<br />
Prominent urban elements are now confined to the Smiths Lake Village Area, and to a lesser<br />
extent, Tarbuck Bay.<br />
8.1.2 Rural Elements<br />
Six elements contribute to rural character in the <strong>study</strong> area:<br />
• partly or fully cleared flats, slopes or ridges;<br />
• fenced and managed grassed flats or slopes;<br />
• rural structures such as dams, sheds, barns, dairy bales or yards;<br />
• individual houses separated by expansive areas;<br />
• utility services that are often isolated by localised clearing of corridors;<br />
• narrow, unsealed roads, sometimes lined by remnant vegetation along fence lines within a<br />
road reserve.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
VISUAL AND SCENIC QUALITY 87<br />
Rural elements contribute to the modification of the natural environment. However, their visual<br />
impacts are less obvious. To an extent, rural landscapes may be accepted as natural landscapes.<br />
Rural elements may have varying degrees of visibility and prominence. However clearing<br />
causes the greatest change to the environment. Depending on landform, vegetation coverage<br />
and the distance to viewing areas, many rural elements may be difficult to distinguish within a<br />
natural landscape and would not be prominent.<br />
The areas on both sides of The <strong>Lakes</strong> Way contain elements contributing to rural character.<br />
Further to the south, the character becomes more natural because views are dominated by the<br />
expanse of Smiths Lake and Tarbuck Bay.<br />
8.1.3 Natural Elements<br />
The elements which contribute to natural character in the <strong>study</strong> area are:<br />
• beaches and foreshore areas;<br />
• coastal headlands;<br />
• vegetated valleys;<br />
• vegetated slopes and ridges;<br />
• vegetated low lying wetland areas near the foreshore.<br />
Each element may have a variety of native vegetation associated with it. Natural elements may<br />
include roads, but they would not dominate.<br />
Elevated areas, including slopes, ridges and headlands, are prominent. However visibility is<br />
limited due to intervening landform and native vegetation. Beaches and foreshores may not be<br />
prominent due to intervening landforms and vegetation, but they have high visibility.<br />
Beach and foreshore areas are prominent from sealed roads and lower elevations. They have<br />
high visibility over level areas but limited visibility to higher areas.<br />
8.2 Existing Landscape Character<br />
8.2.1 Boomerang Drive to Charlotte Bay<br />
The <strong>study</strong> area boundary starts at the interface between urban and cleared areas at Blueys<br />
Beach and the south side of Boomerang Drive. The northern part of the <strong>study</strong> area has a<br />
predominantly natural character defined by steep slopes and prominent vegetated ridge lines.<br />
There are no urban or rural elements visible from adjacent roads.<br />
The area from The <strong>Lakes</strong> Way, between Boomerang Drive and Charlotte Bay contains mostly<br />
natural elements, and is provides intermittent views of Wallis Lake, dense vegetation and a<br />
cleared utility corridor.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
VISUAL AND SCENIC QUALITY 88<br />
8.2.2 Charlotte Bay to Kookie Avenue<br />
The settlement along Charlotte Bay Street contains urban elements, including closely-spaced<br />
buildings and a sealed road. The view shed to the west quickly changes to natural with<br />
prominent vegetation defining Wallis Creek. It has a defined edge and is compact.<br />
To the east, the view shed takes in rural elements. In the foreground, the view shed is<br />
dominated by densely vegetated undulating land. Vegetated slopes and ridges dominate the<br />
background views from vantage points that have good visibility.<br />
Opposite Kookie Avenue, Cabbage Tree Palms are prominent in foreground and mediumground<br />
views. To the east, the landscape contains mostly rural elements in the foreground. The<br />
background contains views to vegetated slopes and ridges.<br />
In this area, vegetation abuts The <strong>Lakes</strong> Way in many places, enclosing views from the road.<br />
8.2.3 Charlotte Bay to Sandbar Turnoff<br />
Between Charlotte Bay and the Sandbar turnoff, foreground views to the east include rural<br />
elements, primarily agricultural land, water bodies, widely scattered houses and intermittent<br />
dense vegetation.<br />
To the west, foreground views are of rolling and undulating, mostly cleared land. Rural<br />
elements dominate lower elevations.<br />
To the east and west, vegetated undulating land rises to background views of densely vegetated<br />
slopes and ridges.<br />
At the Sandbar turnoff, vegetation abuts The <strong>Lakes</strong> Way and restricts all but foreground views<br />
to the east. To the west, views are more open. The foreground is dominated by cleared rural<br />
land while background views are dominated by densely vegetated slopes and ridges.<br />
8.2.4 Smiths Lake Village Area<br />
Smiths Lake Village Area has dense overlays of natural and urban elements. It has achieved a<br />
good balance between changes that result from urban development, and conservation of natural<br />
elements that contribute to the visual qualities of the Village.<br />
Urban elements dominate foreground views along higher roads such as Macwood Drive, The<br />
Jack, Patsy’s Flat Road and the three ridge roads. However, most urban areas retain extensive<br />
areas of vegetation and canopy cover is mostly intact. The retention of vegetation is important<br />
to conserving scenic qualities.<br />
Urban elements and form in many areas of Smith Lake Village also contributes to the<br />
conservation of scenic qualities and has been achieved by:<br />
• narrow roads that follow contours or ridge lines;<br />
• road verges that do not delineate boundaries with kerb and gutter or paved/turfed areas;<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
VISUAL AND SCENIC QUALITY 89<br />
• minimising clearing around houses;<br />
• adapting house design to site characteristics so that the need for cuts and fills, or level<br />
building platforms is reduced or eliminated;<br />
• varying mass, form and height and spacing of buildings so that they do not overpower<br />
natural ones;<br />
• using external materials and colour schemes that complement natural elements.<br />
Most developed areas do not have high prominence, but they provide good visibility to scenic<br />
views of Smiths Lake and at higher elevations, the ocean. Many streets have views that are<br />
extensive.<br />
A large property on Sand Bar Road contains mostly rural elements and is partly cleared. It has<br />
low prominence from adjacent areas.<br />
8.2.5 Sandbar Turnoff to Tarbuck Bay<br />
The <strong>Lakes</strong> Way rises between the Sandbar turnoff and Macwood Drive. It traverses rolling<br />
topography before rising to a local crest at Macwood Drive. Views to the west contain rural<br />
elements in the foreground, and intermittent foreground vegetation blocks background views of<br />
vegetated slopes and ridges. To the east, undulating cleared land with intermittent vegetation<br />
dominates foreground views.<br />
The <strong>Lakes</strong> Way descends to near <strong>lake</strong> level south of Macwood Drive. Adjacent to the Smiths<br />
Lake Village Area, foreground views are dominated by a dense canopy of tall vegetation that<br />
rises and falls steeply from the road. Intermittent background views over Smiths Lake and<br />
Sandbar become visible. These features combine to create a highly scenic transition between<br />
rural elements to the north, and the prominent and highly attractive natural elements of Smiths<br />
Lake.<br />
The <strong>Lakes</strong> Way turns to the west once it reaches a near-<strong>lake</strong> elevation. To the north, steep<br />
slopes abutting the road dominate foreground views. The slopes are mostly vegetated. To the<br />
south, intermittent vegetation abuts the road, providing glimpses of Smiths Lake in the<br />
background. This area contains mostly natural elements.<br />
The views from the road then focus on more gently-sloping and open areas surrounding the<br />
village of Tarbuck Bay. To the south, vegetation becomes sporadic and all views are dominated<br />
by natural elements of Smiths Lake and its foreshore. To the north, steep slopes with high<br />
visibility contain a broad vegetated canopy. The canopy is broken where houses have been<br />
built on The <strong>Lakes</strong> Way, Windsor Street and Crown Close.<br />
Natural elements combine with urban elements to create a good balance between development<br />
and conservation of scenic values in Tarbuck Bay. Houses are well-adapted to steep slopes and<br />
significant components of the tree canopy are retained. Houses are closely spaced and strongly<br />
define urban spaces and edges. A public reserve along the foreshore provides good public<br />
access while maintaining some natural elements.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
VISUAL AND SCENIC QUALITY 90<br />
Foreground views of Tudor Street are characterised by gently undulating land containing urban<br />
elements such as roads and houses. Background views are dominated by steeply sloping and<br />
folding vegetated land rising to several prominent ridges north of Tarbuck Bay.<br />
Most houses in Tarbuck Bay enjoy views of Smiths Lake and other natural elements in<br />
background views. They have varying degrees of visibility, depending on vegetation,<br />
orientation and adjoining houses. Importantly, from areas to the south along The <strong>Lakes</strong> Way,<br />
urban elements at Tarbuck Bay do not dominate foreshore views. Its prominence is low and<br />
helps maintain the balance between urban and natural elements.<br />
8.2.6 Tarbuck Bay to Wamwarra Bay/Sugar Creek Valley<br />
West of Tarbuck Bay, roadside vegetation on the foreshore ranges from open to dense, and<br />
provides intermittent views across Smiths Lake. On the opposite side of the road, natural and<br />
rural elements are visible in foreground views while background views are of steep and rolling,<br />
mostly vegetated land with intermittent clearing.<br />
Along Tarbuck Park Road, the road rises and provides access to low-density rural settlement.<br />
Most views are of natural and rural elements. Cleared areas that are used for pasture are<br />
prominent from the road. Most houses have low prominence and are not readily visible.<br />
Between Tarbuck Park Road and Sugar Creek Road, views are of dense vegetation and steep<br />
slopes in the foreground, with dense vegetation extending to the road edge. Natural elements<br />
dominate foreground and background views. Intermittent views of Wamwarra Bay and Smiths<br />
Lake occur where vegetation is more open at ground level.<br />
At Sugar Creek Road, foreground views are dominated by rural elements, Areas cleared for<br />
rural settlement and agriculture are prominent from The <strong>Lakes</strong> Way and Sugar Creek Road.<br />
The land is undulating in the foreground, and rises to more steeply vegetated slopes and ridges<br />
in the background. Cleared areas along Sugar Creek Road give way to continuously-vegetated<br />
slopes and ridges at a point about two kilometres from the intersection of The <strong>Lakes</strong> Way.<br />
Rural elements, including houses, have high prominence and visibility. Because clearing<br />
extends in places to the foreshore, elevated areas along Sugar Creek Road would have<br />
extensive views of Wamwarra Bay and its foreshore.<br />
8.3 Visual Assessment<br />
The majority of the locations in the <strong>study</strong> area now have rural or natural character. Future<br />
development of these locations could create visual impacts in existing developed areas,<br />
depending on the extent of development and the degrees of prominence and visibility.<br />
A methodology developed by the United States Department of Agriculture has been used with<br />
modifications to identify and manage visual impacts. Use of the methodology results in the<br />
definition of five visual management zones.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
VISUAL AND SCENIC QUALITY 91<br />
8.3.1 Methodology<br />
The extent to which modification of the <strong>study</strong> area may affect the visual environment can be<br />
assessed by dividing the <strong>study</strong> area into discrete landscape units that have common visual<br />
characteristics. Each landscape unit is assigned a visual quality rating of high, medium or low.<br />
Visual quality is based on the variety and diversity of structural components, colours and<br />
<strong>text</strong>ures within each unit.<br />
The time that observers are able to view a landscape unit, and the distance of observers from<br />
each unit, are determined for each landscape unit and a sensitivity classification is made. The<br />
three variables are then arranged in a matrix. Management zones are assigned for each<br />
combination of the three variables. Each management zone has objectives which guide the<br />
consideration of potential modifications within them.<br />
8.3.2 Landscape Units<br />
Five landscape units were identified in the <strong>study</strong> area based on landform, vegetation and human<br />
modification. Figure 8-1 shows the location of landscape units.<br />
Undulating Forested Land (UFL)<br />
This unit includes large areas east of The <strong>Lakes</strong> Way between Charlotte Bay and the Smiths<br />
Lake Village Area, the back of Tarbuck Bay, and the Sugar Creek Road valley.<br />
The unit is characterised by undulating land with partial to full vegetation coverage. It contains<br />
rural and natural elements, although natural elements tend to dominate. Vegetation in this unit<br />
has varied structure and colour.<br />
The unit has moderate visual quality because of its prominence and vegetation structure, and<br />
because it forms a transition from lower, cleared areas to steeper vegetated slopes.<br />
Forested Slopes & Ridges (FSR)<br />
This unit covers most of the higher elevations within the <strong>study</strong> area. It includes the prominent<br />
ridges north of Tarbuck Bay, and the prominent high ridges extending between Sandbar and<br />
Blueys Beach, at the eastern edge of the <strong>study</strong> area.<br />
This unit is characterised by mostly continuous vegetation coverage, steep slopes and<br />
prominent ridge lines. This unit has vegetation with strong colour and <strong>text</strong>ure. It is comprised<br />
of natural elements.<br />
The unit has a moderate to high visual quality because of its prominence, the variation in<br />
structure and colour of vegetation, and its mostly natural character.<br />
Lake & Foreshore (LF)<br />
This unit takes in all foreshore and tidal areas within the <strong>study</strong> area.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
VISUAL AND SCENIC QUALITY 92<br />
The unit is characterised by natural elements including sand, water, tidal vegetation and its flat<br />
topography. Vegetation cover ranges from cleared to sporadic at Tarbuck Bay to dense near<br />
undeveloped areas surrounding Symes Bay and Smiths Lake.<br />
The unit has a high visual quality because of its prominence from many viewing areas, its<br />
limited extent and its importance in maintaining scenic qualities and recreational values.<br />
Urban Land (Urban)<br />
This unit takes in developed areas in Charlotte Bay, Kookie Avenue, Sandbar, Smiths Lake<br />
Village Area, and Tarbuck Bay.<br />
The unit is characterised by close settlement of houses, formalised streets, formal landscaping,<br />
the presence of vehicles parked in streets and non-residential buildings. Remnant vegetation is<br />
usually present, and may be dense and form a defining canopy. It is comprised of mostly urban<br />
elements, but may include features found in rural and natural elements.<br />
The unit has a low to medium visual quality because it tends to reduce or eliminate natural<br />
elements.<br />
It is acknowledged that some people may prefer to view urban elements in the con<strong>text</strong> of high<br />
quality streetscapes, gardens and architecture, however promotion of such values is addressed<br />
in urban design and development control policies.<br />
Cleared & Rural Land (CRL)<br />
This unit takes in areas of rural settlement and agricultural land uses. It generally includes land<br />
at lower elevations. Extensive areas of cleared land are found adjacent to The <strong>Lakes</strong> Way, on<br />
Sugar Creek Road and at Cellito / Sandbar.<br />
The unit is characterised by the presence of pasture species. Although some native shrub and<br />
tree cover remains, the vegetation has low structural diversity and ground covers and grasses<br />
dominate visually. It mostly occurs on flat to gently undulating land.<br />
The unit has a medium visual quality because of its varied topography and vegetation cover. It<br />
has high prominence from adjacent areas and offers high visibility due to a lack of obstructing<br />
features.<br />
8.3.3 Sensitivity Levels<br />
Sensitivity levels express the concern people have for the visual quality of an area. Concern<br />
varies according to the needs of the viewer. For example, residents who view an area daily<br />
from their home would have greater concern for visual quality than someone who infrequently<br />
visits the area. The concern that tourists might have for visual quality is important because of<br />
tourism’s value to the local economy.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
VISUAL AND SCENIC QUALITY 93<br />
Sensitivity also relates the number of people who might view a landscape unit and their<br />
viewing duration. Three levels of vantage points corresponding to different levels of sensitivity<br />
are considered:<br />
• Level One includes areas of high sensitivity where a large number of existing residents or<br />
visitors have moderate to long viewing duration.<br />
• Level Two includes areas of moderate sensitivity where a moderate number of existing<br />
residents or visitors have short to moderate viewing duration.<br />
• Level Three includes areas of low sensitivity where few residents or visitor have little or no<br />
viewing duration.<br />
Sensitivity is modified by a factor expressing the distance from the observer to the landscape<br />
unit:<br />
• the foreground (fg) is the area within 0 to 100 metres of the observer, where landscape<br />
details are visible.<br />
• the middle ground (mg) is the area between 100 and 1,000 metres from the observer, where<br />
vegetation <strong>text</strong>ures and land use patterns are visible.<br />
• the background (bg) is the area which is 1,000 metres beyond the observer, where <strong>text</strong>ures<br />
and patterns are indistinct.<br />
Sensitivity is combined with distance to provide a sensitivity classification, such as “mg-2”.<br />
This would indicate that the area falls within the middle ground and has a sensitivity level of<br />
two. Where an area is visible from more than one location, the more restrictive sensitivity<br />
classification is used. Figure 8-1 shows the extent of each sensitivity classification.<br />
8.3.4 Visual Management Zones<br />
Five visual management zones are defined and contain objectives guiding the extent of<br />
activities or modifications which may occur within each management zone:<br />
• Zone 1 is a visual conservation zone and allows for only natural changes. All modifications<br />
and activities, other than low impact casual recreation facilities such as bushwalking tracks,<br />
should be discouraged.<br />
• Zone 2 is also sensitive to visual modification and should be retained in a predominantly<br />
natural state. Activities or modifications should only be permitted if they repeat the form,<br />
line, colour and <strong>text</strong>ure of the landscape unit. Suitable activities and modifications would<br />
include narrow roads and small scale, low structures, clad in natural materials, which cause<br />
limited disturbance to native vegetation.<br />
• Zone 3 is a limited development zone. Activities and modifications should remain visually<br />
subordinate to the visual character, and native vegetation should be substantially retained.<br />
Development should be compatible with surrounding visual characteristics. Development<br />
which would be suitable includes rural dwellings and farm buildings, rural intensive<br />
development, urban cluster development, and small scale tourist facilities.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
VISUAL AND SCENIC QUALITY 94<br />
• Zone 4 is less sensitive to development than Zone 3. Modifications and development may<br />
visually dominate surrounding visual characteristics. Activities and modifications suitable in<br />
this zone include urban development, infrastructure and community facilities. Development<br />
should be sympathetic with surrounding visual characteristics and native vegetation should<br />
be retained where practical.<br />
• Zone 5 is a development zone where activities and modifications may dominate<br />
surrounding visual characteristics. Native vegetation would not be retained.<br />
Visual management zones were assigned to landscape units based on a matrix incorporating<br />
visual quality and sensitivity classifications. The matrix is shown in Table 8-1.<br />
Table 8-1 Management of Visual Environment<br />
Visual Quality<br />
Sensitivity Classification (Distance & Viewer Sensitivity)<br />
fg-1 mg-1 bg-1 fg-2 mg-2 bg-2 3<br />
High Zone 1 Zone 1 Zone 2 Zone 2 Zone 2 Zone 3 Zone 3<br />
Moderate to High Zone 1 Zone 2 Zone 2 Zone 3 Zone 3 Zone 4 Zone 4<br />
Moderate Zone 2 Zone 3 Zone 3 Zone 3 Zone 3 Zone 4 Zone 4<br />
Low to Moderate Zone 3 Zone 3 Zone 3 Zone 4 Zone 4 Zone 4 Zone 5<br />
Low Zone 4 Zone 4 Zone 4 Zone 5 Zone 5 Zone 5 Zone 5<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
LAND CAPABILITY ASSESSMENT 95<br />
9 LAND CAPABILITY ASSESSMENT<br />
9.1 Approach<br />
The preceding sections of this Study have provided information on:<br />
• physical characteristics of the landforms and water bodies in the <strong>study</strong> area;<br />
• surveys and descriptions of vegetation and animals found in the <strong>study</strong> area;<br />
• major forces which act on them;<br />
• likely outcomes when landforms are altered;<br />
• <strong>planning</strong> and management practices that would limit adverse changes so that environmental<br />
qualities are not degraded.<br />
This section defines constraints, management responses and the locations of precincts that<br />
capability for development. This section also links recommended <strong>planning</strong> and construction<br />
practices with the principles of ecologically sustainable development.<br />
The results are shown on accompanying figures.<br />
9.1.1 Constraints<br />
Actions that change landform, water bodies, vegetation or habitat have the potential to cause<br />
impacts that are recognised or accepted as being undesirable, harmful, or in some cases<br />
prohibited by legislation. The physical and biological characteristics of the environment<br />
determine whether actions that change it are likely to cause potential impacts.<br />
Four environmental characteristics of the <strong>study</strong> area have been examined:<br />
• soils and geotechnical characteristics;<br />
• flooding, hydrology and drainage;<br />
• flora and fauna;<br />
• visual quality.<br />
In addition, land was not considered to be capable of development if it was located within 100<br />
m of the boundary of a Coastal Wetland or a Littoral Rainforest under SEPP 14 or SEPP 26.<br />
This land was therefore excluded and considered not capable for development.<br />
There is a strong causal link between these environmental characteristics, and likely<br />
environmental changes. These characteristics will determine the nature and magnitude of<br />
impacts that would be caused by changes to the environment from future development.<br />
Constraints have been defined as types or categories of environmental characteristics that when<br />
changed, may cause impacts that are unacceptable or harmful to the environment. Some<br />
constraints, such as very steep slope, or high conservation value habitat, cannot be overcome<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
LAND CAPABILITY ASSESSMENT 96<br />
because of the impracticality or impossibility of limiting consequent changes. In these cases,<br />
the only acceptable response is avoidance.<br />
Other constraints can be managed with careful <strong>planning</strong> and management. It is important that<br />
<strong>Council</strong> has an appreciation of not only the constraints, but the response needed to manage the<br />
constraint.<br />
9.1.2 Responses Needed to Manage Constraints<br />
9.1.2.1 Effort<br />
Many constraints can be overcome by formulating management responses. There are two<br />
objectives that must be considered in formulating responses:<br />
• the primary objective is to avoid or limit adverse impacts that would, without intervention,<br />
be unacceptable or prohibited;<br />
• the secondary objective is to ensure that the response does not unreasonably transfer<br />
impacts, or the burden of avoiding or minimising impacts, to other parties or the<br />
community.<br />
The characteristics of <strong>planning</strong> and management responses are discussed below.<br />
Depending on the particular constraint, most responses needed to avoid or minimise potential<br />
adverse impacts will require physical intervention. In considering such responses, it is useful to<br />
identify the magnitude, complexity and cost of the intervention that will be needed. This is<br />
defined as effort and is a qualitative, not quantitative, expression. Magnitude means the extent<br />
of the intervention, both spatially and in time. Complexity means the degree to which the<br />
response depends on technology or manufactured materials that may require monitoring,<br />
maintenance or other attention. Cost refers to the amount needed to initiate and maintain the<br />
response. It is a comparative expression.<br />
For instance, if a site contained potential acid sulphate soils, and development would disturb<br />
them resulting in acid discharge to the environment, one response would be to neutralise the<br />
soils. Depending on the <strong>volume</strong> of soil, and the quantity of acid it could release, any one of the<br />
three factors defined above – magnitude, complexity or cost – could raise the effort needed to<br />
manage the response to a level at which it would be impractical to undertake.<br />
Effort is ranked as either high, medium or low.<br />
9.1.2.2 Time Frame<br />
The response needed to avoid or minimise impacts will have a time frame during which<br />
intervention occurs. The response to a constraint such as sedimentation is ongoing because as<br />
long as the disturbance to soil and vegetation continues, the response is needed. Other<br />
constraints, such as steep slopes, require a response that is finite. For example, construction of a<br />
pole frame or pole platform house on a steep slope requires short term intervention during<br />
construction, after which, the site becomes stable and no further intervention is required.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
LAND CAPABILITY ASSESSMENT 97<br />
Time frame is shown as short-term or long-term.<br />
9.1.2.3 Sustainability of Response<br />
Some responses will require ongoing intervention to succeed in limiting adverse changes to an<br />
environmental characteristic.<br />
For example, most of the <strong>planning</strong> and management responses identified in this <strong>study</strong> that relate<br />
to maintenance of existing water quality rely on catchment-based interventions. Minimising<br />
impervious areas, and use of rainwater tanks to reduce off-site stormwater flows, on-site<br />
infiltration, vegetation filtration and swale drainage reduce stormwater flows at the source.<br />
In contrast, conventional trunk drainage systems rely on efficient conveyance of stormwater to<br />
a centralised detention and treatment facility prior to discharge. A centralised facility is an<br />
example of a response that is difficult to sustain in the long term. It may lose treatment<br />
effectiveness and allow adverse changes to downstream water quality due to siltation or failure<br />
of physical or biological components.<br />
As a second example, the disposal of effluent on-site, using conventional septic systems, results<br />
in the buildup of nutrients and pathogens that are difficult to confine. While in the short term,<br />
such systems may not cause changes to soil or water quality, in the long term there is high<br />
certainty that adverse changes will occur. It would be rated as poor. In this case, the preferable<br />
response is to plan development that can be connected to the reticulated sewer system, and thus<br />
avoid the potential impacts to the environment.<br />
Sustainability is rated as excellent, good or poor.<br />
9.1.3 Consistency with <strong>Council</strong>’s Goals & Objectives<br />
<strong>Council</strong> continuously improves it capability to manage the environment. <strong>Council</strong> is now<br />
gathering base line survey information on a range of environmental characteristics to assist with<br />
the management of the environment, particularly effluent, stormwater and habitat conservation.<br />
Generally, all recommendations in this <strong>study</strong>, and the basis for <strong>planning</strong> and management<br />
responses, are consistent with known policies and studies now being formulated or undertaken<br />
by <strong>Council</strong>.<br />
9.1.4 Principles of Ecologically Sustainable Development<br />
In 1987, the World Commission on Environment and Development released Our Common<br />
Future. It used the term sustainable development:<br />
development that meets the needs of the present without compromising the ability<br />
of future generations to meet their own needs (<strong>Great</strong> <strong>Lakes</strong> <strong>Council</strong>, 1995).<br />
The Commonwealth Government uses the term ecologically sustainable development to mean:<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
LAND CAPABILITY ASSESSMENT 98<br />
development that improves the quality of life, both now and in the future, in a way<br />
that maintains the ecological processes on which life depends (<strong>Great</strong> <strong>Lakes</strong><br />
<strong>Council</strong>, 1995).<br />
The goal of ecologically sustainable development, or ESD, is to link development with<br />
protection of the environment so that basic human needs are met, living standards are<br />
improved, and ecosystems are better protected and managed.<br />
Four principles are found in the Environmental Planning and Assessment Regulation with<br />
respect to environmental impact assessment:<br />
1. The Precautionary Principle: if there are threats of serious or irreversible environmental<br />
damage, lack of scientific certainty should not be a reason for postponing measures to<br />
prevent environmental degradation;<br />
2. Inter-generational Equity: the present generation should ensure that the health, diversity,<br />
and productivity of the environment is maintained or enhanced for future generations;<br />
3. Conserve biological diversity and ecological integrity;<br />
4. Improve valuation and pricing of environmental resources for comparison with social and<br />
economic resources when considering management options.<br />
In identifying environmental characteristics, this <strong>study</strong> has used the four ESD principles to<br />
formulate categories of constraints, and <strong>planning</strong> and management responses.<br />
For example, habitat ranking is based on nine factors that give effect to inter-generational<br />
equity, conservation of biological diversity and valuation of environmental resources.<br />
Constraints that are considered impractical to manage support the precautionary principle. The<br />
formulation of water quality sensitivity mapping parameters also supports the precautionary<br />
principle, as well as inter-generational equity because it is providing more sustainable systems<br />
to manage the impacts of development.<br />
9.2 Constraint & Response<br />
Constraints, <strong>planning</strong> and management responses, and the characteristics of each response, are<br />
presented in Table 9.1 below.<br />
Areas in which constraints to development can be managed are shown as precincts in Figure 9-<br />
1. Areas outside of these precincts have characteristics and constraints that cannot be practically<br />
managed.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
LAND CAPABILITY ASSESSMENT 99<br />
Environmental<br />
Characteristic<br />
Soils / Geotechnical<br />
R1<br />
Table 9-1 Land Capability<br />
Primary Constraints Planning Response Management Response Response Characteristics<br />
slope; slope instability, erosion<br />
hazard,<br />
Effort (High, Med, Low)<br />
Time Frame (Short or Long Term)<br />
Sustainability (Excellent, Good, Poor)<br />
Avoid n/a Low; Long term; Excellent No<br />
R2 slope; slope instability; erosion hazard Limit extent detailed geotechnical investigation; High, Long term, Good<br />
Yes<br />
minimise disturbance; pole housing,<br />
erosion controls<br />
R3 erosion hazard Limit extent detailed geotechnical investigation Medium; Short term; Good<br />
Yes<br />
for earthworks deeper than 1 m;<br />
erosion controls<br />
R4 erosion hazard n/a erosion controls Low, Short term; Good Yes<br />
A<br />
E<br />
S<br />
S1<br />
S2<br />
erosion hazard; acid sulphate soils;<br />
drainage; low bearing capacity<br />
low bearing capacity; acid sulphate<br />
soils; erosion hazard; drainage<br />
low bearing capacity; erosion hazard<br />
(wind, wave); acid sulphate soils;<br />
drainage<br />
low bearing capacity, erosion hazard<br />
(wind, wave); slope instability; slope<br />
low bearing capacity; erosion hazard<br />
(wind, wave); slope instability; slope<br />
n/a<br />
Limit extent<br />
Limit extent<br />
geotechnical, acid sulphate soils,<br />
flooding investigations<br />
geotechnical, acid sulphate soils,<br />
flooding investigations<br />
geotechnical, acid sulphate soils,<br />
flooding investigations<br />
Medium; Long Term; Good<br />
High; Long Term; Good<br />
High; Long Term; Good<br />
Limit extent detailed geotechnical investigation High; Long Term; Poor Yes<br />
Avoid n/a Low; Long Term; Excellent No<br />
Flooding & Drainage<br />
Increase in peak flows stormwater management plan using<br />
water sensitivity urban design<br />
Increase in runoff <strong>volume</strong> stormwater management plan using<br />
water sensitivity urban design<br />
Reduction in groundwater<br />
recharge<br />
Stormwater Quality<br />
stormwater management plan using<br />
water sensitivity urban design<br />
Low; Long Term; Excellent<br />
Low; Long Term; Excellent<br />
Low; Long Term; Good<br />
Changes to water quality<br />
30 m buffer from centre line of all<br />
Low; Long Term; Excellent<br />
Yes<br />
waterways<br />
Changes to water quality Smaller roads to follow contours Low; Long Term; Excellent Yes<br />
Changes to water quality Retain vegetation Low; Long Term; Excellent Yes<br />
Include in<br />
Land<br />
Capability<br />
Precinct?<br />
Yes<br />
Yes<br />
Yes<br />
Yes<br />
Yes<br />
Yes<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S A U S T R A L I A
LAND CAPABILITY ASSESSMENT 100<br />
Environmental<br />
Characteristic<br />
Flora & Fauna<br />
High Habitat Value<br />
(score greater than 15)<br />
Medium Habitat Value<br />
(score between 9 & 14)<br />
Primary Constraints Planning Response Management Response Response Characteristics<br />
Changes to water quality<br />
Changes to<br />
water quality<br />
Minimise impervious areas; direct runoff<br />
to infiltration areas; reuse runoff<br />
Effort (High, Med, Low)<br />
Time Frame (Short or Long Term)<br />
Sustainability (Excellent, Good, Poor)<br />
Medium; Long Term; Excellent<br />
Education & Awareness High; Long Term; Good Yes<br />
Changes to water quality Effective sediment and erosion controls Medium; Short Term; Good Yes<br />
Changes to water quality Use rainwater tanks for non-potable Medium; Long Term; Excellent<br />
Yes<br />
uses; overflows directed to<br />
infiltration areas<br />
Changes to water quality Use onsite infiltration Medium; Long Term; Excellent Yes<br />
Changes to water quality Use vegetation to diffuse and filter Low; Long Term; Excellent<br />
Yes<br />
overland flows<br />
Changes to water quality Use swale drains in sandy soils with Low; Long Term; Good<br />
Yes<br />
moderate slopes and large lots<br />
Changes to water quality Use appropriate housing forms that<br />
minimise ground disturbance<br />
Medium; Short Term; Good<br />
Yes<br />
Avoid Low; Long Term; Excellent No<br />
Three development precincts include<br />
Med Habitat Value in parts that are<br />
adjacent to Low Habitat Value<br />
Prepare detailed investigation of<br />
need to conserve/retain Medium<br />
Value Habitat in each precinct<br />
Medium; Long Term; Poor<br />
Include in<br />
Land<br />
Capability<br />
Precinct?<br />
Yes<br />
Yes<br />
Limit extent to fragments, and case by<br />
case review.<br />
Control clearing, domestic pets,<br />
weeds; access<br />
Future development potential<br />
subject to s5A tests<br />
Low Habitat Value<br />
(score less than 8)<br />
Encourage replanting of native<br />
species; control domestic pets and<br />
weeds<br />
Medium; Long Term; Good<br />
Yes<br />
Water Quality Sensitivity<br />
Low sensitivity Depends on combination of Low; Short Term; Excellent Yes<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S A U S T R A L I A
LAND CAPABILITY ASSESSMENT 101<br />
Environmental<br />
Characteristic<br />
Primary Constraints Planning Response Management Response Response Characteristics<br />
Effort (High, Med, Low)<br />
Time Frame (Short or Long Term)<br />
Sustainability (Excellent, Good, Poor)<br />
parameters<br />
Include in<br />
Land<br />
Capability<br />
Precinct?<br />
Moderate sensitivity Depends on combination of<br />
parameters<br />
High sensitivity Depends on combination of<br />
parameters<br />
Visual Quality<br />
Medium; Long Term; Good<br />
High; Long Term; Poor<br />
Yes<br />
Yes<br />
Zone 1 High quality Retain in natural state Low; Long Term; Excellent No<br />
Zone 2 High quality Retain in natural state Allow minimal change Low; Long Term; Excellent Yes<br />
Zone 3 Medium Quality Limit extent of development Low; Long Term; Good Yes<br />
Zone 4 Medium Quality Encourage sympathetic<br />
development<br />
Low; Long Term; Good<br />
Yes<br />
Zone 5 Low Quality No controls Low; Long Term; Good Yes<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S A U S T R A L I A
ABORIGINAL AND EUROPEAN HERITAGE 102<br />
10 ABORIGINAL AND EUROPEAN HERITAGE<br />
10.1 Introduction<br />
The archaeologist engaged by WBM for this component of the <strong>study</strong> was Dr Laila Haglund of<br />
Haglund and Associates, Cultural Heritage Consultants.<br />
Mr. M. Leon, Sites Officer, and Messrs R. Paulson and S. Brereton represented Forster Local<br />
Aboriginal Land <strong>Council</strong> (FLALC) in discussions about the project and a field visit.<br />
Mr. Leon generously forwarded information from the Land <strong>Council</strong> data base and provided<br />
access to their library of reports and publications. This has been used in the preparation of this<br />
report. A selection is included in Appendix E.<br />
The section provides:<br />
• A summary of management issues deriving from existing legislation;<br />
• A summary of discussions with Local Aboriginal Land <strong>Council</strong> representatives;<br />
• A brief description of the landscape of the <strong>study</strong> area noting aspects of particular importance<br />
to traditional Aboriginal life;<br />
• An assessment of the Aboriginal archaeological resource in the region, as presently known,<br />
by reference to the NSW National Parks and Wildlife (NPWS) site register, consultant<br />
reports, other relevant literature and discussions with colleagues regarding work in progress;<br />
• A description and broad assessment of the Aboriginal heritage potential and management<br />
requirements of various sections of the area noting problems relating to lack of surface<br />
visibility;<br />
• Suggested strategies for future investigations;<br />
• Management recommendations based on these results and relevant legislative requirements.<br />
10.2 Management Issues<br />
10.2.1 Legislative Con<strong>text</strong><br />
In NSW management of Aboriginal heritage locations, including archaeological sites, is at<br />
present primarily the responsibility of the Director of the NSW National Parks and Wildlife<br />
Service (NPWS). Such management is carried out within a legislative framework and<br />
management policies take into account the assessed or potential significance or value of the<br />
locations to various groups within the community and in particular to the local and broader<br />
Aboriginal community. Development is regulated by state and federal legislation, some of<br />
which plays a direct and specific role in managing Aboriginal heritage.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC
ABORIGINAL AND EUROPEAN HERITAGE 103<br />
State Legislation<br />
The National Parks and Wildlife Act, 1974 (as amended) makes it illegal to damage, deface or<br />
destroy an Aboriginal relic without written permission of the Director of the NPWS. Any<br />
person aware of the location of a relic is required to report its existence to the Director unless<br />
there is good reason to believe that the relic has already been reported. Such relics may be<br />
portable (e.g. one or more loose artefacts) or fixed (e.g. painted or engraved art on rock faces).<br />
Heritage locations (‘Aboriginal sites’) vary in character and may comprise e.g. burials or<br />
ceremonial sites, or practical items such as tools and manufacturing debris embedded in the<br />
floor deposit of a shelter, or in a midden, or grinding grooves or hollows on rock outcrops,<br />
quarried outcrops with their tell-tale debris, or trees with scars or carvings resulting from<br />
Aboriginal activities.<br />
Most Aboriginal sites have the status of real property and thus belong to the landowner who<br />
can restrict access but may not remove items or in some other way disturb or destroy the site<br />
without written consent.<br />
If Aboriginal sites, potential archaeological deposits (PADs) or other areas of heritage potential<br />
are identified prior to proposed development, some form of sub-surface testing may be<br />
recommended, depending on an assessment of e.g. the effects of past land use and surface<br />
disturbance, the character and type of the expected content and its possible significance, and the<br />
outcome of consultation with authorities and relevant interest groups.<br />
Such assessment and consultation would normally be part of the process of acquiring a<br />
Preliminary Research Permit from the NPWS. Obtaining such permit is mandatory prior to any<br />
excavation ‘for the purpose of finding relics’ (which includes testing to see if any are present).<br />
If testing proves negative (with regard to Aboriginal or other heritage items), there would be no<br />
archaeological constraint on the proposed development.<br />
If relics/sites are identified, these (as well as previously known heritage material in the relevant<br />
area), would be subject to assessment to determine potential impact by the proposed<br />
development. If impact is likely, then a Consent to Destroy must be sought from the NPWS.<br />
This should normally be preceded by review of possible modification of the proposal,<br />
alternative locations or other means of mitigating the potential impact.<br />
Applications for research permits and consents to destroy Aboriginal heritage material require<br />
prior consultation with relevant Aboriginal representatives as well as written documentation of<br />
this, e.g. via a letter or statement from the relevant group or groups, normally at least the Local<br />
Aboriginal Land <strong>Council</strong>. There may be a need to consult additional groups, e.g. if several<br />
family groups affiliated with the location have divergent opinions.<br />
A consent to destroy may be issued with the proviso that appropriate salvage investigations,<br />
e.g. surface collection and/or archaeological excavation and analysis are completed.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC
ABORIGINAL AND EUROPEAN HERITAGE 104<br />
The Act enables the NPWS to acquire land containing significant relics. This may be dedicated<br />
as Aboriginal Areas or Historic Sites. The NPWS may also enter into Conservation Agreements<br />
with landowners for the protection of relics and/or may, with the consent of the owners,<br />
declare particular places to be Protected Aboriginal Areas though remaining in private<br />
ownership. Locations which are significant to Aboriginal people but lack physical relics to<br />
mark their existence may be declared Aboriginal Places and thereby obtain the same protected<br />
status as physical relics.<br />
It is the policy of the NPWS that local Aboriginal communities be consulted about matters<br />
affecting sites in their area. The Director is not bound by their views, but, as noted above,<br />
written notification from relevant communities are a required part of documentation to be<br />
submitted with applications for permits to investigate or consent to destroy heritage locations.<br />
The recent National Parks and Wildlife Amendment (Aboriginal Ownership) Act 1996 No.<br />
142, though strictly speaking applying to National Parks in NSW, has a wider application in<br />
terms of the principles adopted. What the Director of the NPWS applies as policy for its own<br />
domains with regard to Aboriginal ownership (in effect, rights to be consulted and have a say in<br />
decision-making) can hardly be watered down in relation to other areas.<br />
The Act establishes (or will do so over time) a register of Aboriginal owners which is<br />
administered by the Registrar of the Aboriginal Land Rights Act 1983. Listing on the register<br />
will be via criteria of descent and cultural tradition.<br />
The Act is intended (NPWS information brochure December 1996) to provide an opportunity<br />
to:<br />
• Return ownership of national parks and reserves to Aboriginal people;<br />
• Ensure that parks are managed by Aboriginal people in partnership with NSW NPWS; and<br />
• Return Aboriginal relics and ancestral remains.<br />
Federal Legislation<br />
The Australian Heritage Commission Act, 1975, establishes the Australian Heritage<br />
Commission which maintains a Register of the National Estate. The Register includes many<br />
Aboriginal sites which are covered by provisions of relevant state legislation. The Commission<br />
offers advice on conservation of listed sites. The Act constrains Federal ministers in relation to<br />
matters which might affect sites.<br />
Under the terms of the Federal Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Heritage Protection Act,<br />
1984, the Minister of Aboriginal Affairs may, upon application by Aborigines intervene to<br />
protect objects deemed to be of traditional significance to Aborigines and which are under<br />
threat.<br />
The Native Title Act, 1993, focuses on continuity of links with an area (Butt 1993). Where this<br />
can be demonstrated Aborigines of local derivation and ancestry will have a case for making<br />
claims for land interests arising from it.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC
ABORIGINAL AND EUROPEAN HERITAGE 105<br />
But as will be clear from recent political events and court cases, the whole area of Aboriginal<br />
rights is still in flux and will require much further negotiation. Private agreements negotiated<br />
between land owners and Aboriginal representatives may in the long run be at least as<br />
important in relation to Aboriginal heritage matters as legislative requirements.<br />
10.2.2 Significance Values<br />
The heritage value (ie. assessed Aboriginal, scientific and public significance) of archaeological<br />
sites normally provides the basis for their management (Sullivan & Bowdler 1984).<br />
Scientific or archaeological significance relates to the potential of a site to answer research<br />
questions, now or in the future. Here lies a challenge in that it is difficult and well nigh<br />
impossible to assess what may have the potential to answer research questions not yet<br />
imagined. As our knowledge expands and new techniques are developed, new questions will<br />
appear.<br />
Criteria commonly used in significance assessment are site condition/integrity, structure,<br />
content and representativeness, the latter being partially defined by rarity or commonness of a<br />
relic/site. All of these are difficult to define or apply; each case has to be argued thoughtfully.<br />
For example, with regard to representativeness – what does a site represent? Sites in a certain<br />
landform? With certain resources? With certain contents? How do we know what these might<br />
be? And how are these criteria justified and applied?<br />
Some examples of problems inherent in assessment attempts:<br />
Rock shelter sites are traditionally seen as having considerable potential to provide data about<br />
past occupation of an area because their deposits are often bounded and apparently relatively<br />
stable and may therefore preserve cultural and organic materials for long periods of time in<br />
chronologically stratified and dateable con<strong>text</strong>s. Open sites are, on the other hand, seen as<br />
providing complementary material allowing <strong>study</strong> of a fuller range of cultural elements but,<br />
unfortunately, in less secure con<strong>text</strong>s.<br />
However, the presumed stability of stratified shelter sites is becoming seen as less certain as<br />
techniques develop and awareness of e.g. potential effects of bio-turbation grows. And there are<br />
large question marks with regard to what aspects and proportion of past cultural life may be<br />
represented by shelter sites. Quite specialised and limited? Occasional? Rare? And were shelter<br />
sites and open sites complementary or, at least periodically, part of alternative life styles? We<br />
will always need to look at the known range of sites within a broader area and try to assess the<br />
finds in a proposed development area against this background.<br />
Aboriginal significance may involve archaeological as well as other cultural elements which<br />
form links with the past for Aboriginal groups. These elements may or may not accord with the<br />
interpretations made by archaeologists and must be assessed by the Aboriginal people<br />
themselves.<br />
Public significance concerns the potential for use of a site to educate people about the past in<br />
cultural and/or environmental terms. It may also relate to the heritage value of particular sites as<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC
ABORIGINAL AND EUROPEAN HERITAGE 106<br />
representative examples of past lifestyles and to their aesthetic value, e.g. with regard to art<br />
sites.<br />
10.3 Aboriginal Heritage<br />
10.3.1 Present Interest<br />
The FLALC is assembling material for a local history but is, understandably, focussing on<br />
material relating to Aborigines or Aboriginal concerns. Some of the information below has<br />
been forwarded to the land council by the late L.J. Constable, former custodian of the holdings<br />
of the Wallambi & Districts Historical Society. The land council is continuing its contact and<br />
co-operation with the historical society. There is undoubtedly more information to be gleaned<br />
from newspapers, journals and diaries.<br />
Members of the land council and of families who have been in the area for some generations,<br />
are also donating personal holdings such as early maps and photographs. Archaeological<br />
material from test excavations or salvaged from sites for which consent to destroy was granted,<br />
e.g. from the Buladelah – Coolongolook Deviation of the Pacific Highway, will be curated by<br />
the FLALC and will in time provide an extensive educational resource.<br />
Several members of the land council are skilled with regard to the recognition and reporting of<br />
Aboriginal relics and sites, are in contact with and reporting to the NPWS and are actively<br />
teaching coming generations through interaction with schools and other community based<br />
means.<br />
But the representatives spoken to are quite despairing about the rate of ongoing development,<br />
e.g. for housing, without prior heritage investigation being undertaken. Nor can they see any<br />
general awareness of or interest in the fact that Aboriginal heritage is disappearing at an equally<br />
fast rate, like butter in the sun.<br />
They believe that there is a fear about in the general population that finding and acknowledging<br />
the presence of Aboriginal relics on your land is going to lead to some ‘Aboriginal land grab’.<br />
In reality, what is wanted most of all by them is an opportunity to know about what is there and<br />
a chance to discuss the matter to see if something can be recorded or perhaps preserved and at<br />
least shown some respect.<br />
Might not a tree with a scar that contributed bark to a canoe or to somebody’s funeral wrapping<br />
be something to give pride of place on your property rather than something to torch or whack to<br />
pieces with a big machine?<br />
As landowner might it not give you a good feeling to know that the place you so lovingly<br />
selected for your home was enjoyed by generations before you who left signs of their presence<br />
on the land? Why not honour your predecessors?<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC
ABORIGINAL AND EUROPEAN HERITAGE 107<br />
10.3.2 History<br />
Reports of Aboriginal presence in the <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Lakes</strong> area go back at least to 1770 when Captain<br />
Cook sailed along the coast line. There may have been still earlier face to face meetings, but in<br />
1790 Aborigines from the Hawks Nest area ‘adopted’ and looked after five escaped convicts<br />
until they were recaptured.<br />
A comment relating to October 29, 1818, notes that John Oxley and his party camped for the<br />
night in a small bay, which from his description is interpreted as located immediately south of<br />
Bald Head between Sandbar and Cellito (on the eastern rim of the present <strong>study</strong> areas). Oxley<br />
wrote:<br />
“… The natives are extremely numerous along this part of the coast … large troops of<br />
them appear on the beaches, whilst their canoes on the <strong>lake</strong>s are equally numerous. In the<br />
morning their fires are to be observed in every direction …” (Oxley 1820 in Murray 1964: pp<br />
345-346.)<br />
Numerous unofficial contacts resulted from the incursions of cedar getters (from about 1816<br />
on). This, and the arrival of early settlers in the Manning Valley (from about 1831 on) severely<br />
disrupted Aboriginal life here and barred them from or destroyed their traditional food sources.<br />
Severe conflicts and direct hostilities followed and the Aborigines were pushed into rugged<br />
country on the north-west reaches of the Manning River. The cedar getters have a particularly<br />
poor reputation amongst the local Aborigines and there are rumours that there was a massacre<br />
at that time somewhere in the Tarbuck Bay area.<br />
By the turn of the century remaining Aborigines in this general coastal area had been<br />
encouraged to settle in official reserves at Forster (1895), Karuah (1898) and Purfleet (1900).<br />
10.4 Environmental Con<strong>text</strong><br />
10.4.1 General Observations<br />
The natural environment influences not only the availability of local resources such as food and<br />
raw materials for artefacts but also the likely presence or absence of various types of<br />
archaeological material/evidence and whether or not such evidence is likely to be preserved.<br />
Changes in environment through time are important factors in this equation. For example, the<br />
clearing of natural vegetation in an area can alter groundwater characteristics and lead to faster<br />
or slower decomposition of organic material in an archaeological site. It may also hasten or<br />
initiate erosion processes, thereby affecting the rate of degradation of surfaces, potentially<br />
exposing and moving Aboriginal archaeological material. Or it could intensify aggradation<br />
which may hide such material.<br />
Land use practices, historic and prehistoric (digging drains, terracing, ploughing, burning off,<br />
installation of services, exploration drilling etc.) may have similar effects. It is increasingly<br />
acknowledged that the landscape into which white settlers moved was to quite some extent the<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC
ABORIGINAL AND EUROPEAN HERITAGE 108<br />
product of past Aboriginal land use. With regard to Australia, the ‘wilderness’ concept has had<br />
to be modified quite markedly.<br />
Various aspects of the environment are analysed elsewhere in the document and from different<br />
perspectives. This brief summary concentrates on aspects, e.g. availability of resources, known<br />
or believed to have been particularly relevant to past Aboriginal land use and patterns of<br />
movement.<br />
10.4.2 Location<br />
The <strong>study</strong> covers the north and north-western parts of the Smiths Lake catchment and the<br />
southernmost catchment of Wallis Lake. The boundaries of Smiths Lake Study Area (SLA) and<br />
Smiths Lake Village Study Area (SLVA) reflect administrative divisions such as portion<br />
boundaries or natural boundaries such as the <strong>lake</strong> shore..<br />
The division into two areas reflects predicted development trends and probable administrative<br />
needs, with the SLVA expected to face the more immediate pressure. But this division could<br />
not readily be applied to the discussion of heritage management needs or the recommendations.<br />
These had to be framed in more general terms as problems and requirements are largely shared<br />
and identical.<br />
For an assessment of heritage resources, the total area involved is considered in terms of<br />
topography and distribution of natural resources, as outlined below.<br />
10.4.3 Geology and Topography<br />
Geology<br />
This summary draws heavily on comments by Kerr (in Haglund 1998) relating to the Buladelah<br />
– Coolongolook area a little further west and by Appleton (1993, 1994) relating to immediately<br />
adjoining areas to the north.<br />
The <strong>study</strong> area is situated in the south-eastern part of the New England Fold Belt. This consists<br />
of folded and faulted sedimentary and volcanic rocks of predominantly Carboniferous age and<br />
extends from the northern and eastern side of the Hunter Valley to the New England Tablelands<br />
and into Queensland.<br />
The geological structure of the subject area is characterised by a series of north-north-westerly<br />
trending folds which have been faulted by similarly trending faults. These structures control the<br />
development of long north-north-westerly trending ridges and valleys. Softer strata erode more<br />
readily than adjacent harder strata, channelling water to produce valleys. Ridges consist of hard<br />
resistant sedimentary rocks and volcanics. Strata generally dip to the south-west, with a dip<br />
angle of up to 70 degrees. As a result of this structure, formations and strata outcrop in long<br />
north-north-westerly trending strips. Beds of a particular rock type can be traced in north-northwesterly<br />
and south-south-easterly directions along the strike. However, as the beds are<br />
commonly steeply dipping, several different rock types may occur over a small area across the<br />
strike, that is, in easterly and westerly directions.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC
ABORIGINAL AND EUROPEAN HERITAGE 109<br />
The geological map (1:100,000) shows the underlying geology as comprising (from west to<br />
east): a broad band of Yagon Siltstone + Booti Booti Sandstone with some Nerong Volcanics<br />
to the SW; the Karuah Formation; then another band of Yagon Siltstone followed by<br />
Koolanock Sandstone. There are pockets of Holocene deposits along streams and of<br />
Pleistocene and Holocene deposits along the Lake and between this and the sea.<br />
Soil characteristics are relevant with regard to potential for exposure and/or preservation of<br />
Aboriginal sites. Soils formed on the rock types represented here – generally shallow loamy<br />
yellow earths on the ridge crests, and yellow podsolic soils on the slopes – tend to be poorly<br />
aggregated, mobile and easily eroded, particularly when wet. Soils on slopes are dominated by<br />
a downhill movement. Sandy soils, the result of gradual infill and downward movement,<br />
dominate the flatter coastal lowlands, and swampy areas may contain organic peat.<br />
NSW coastal morphology results from three major factors:<br />
• Outcrops of bedrock and of pre-Holocene deposits which create a pattern of rocky points<br />
alternating with sandy beaches;<br />
• An onshore movement of sand; and<br />
• Reworking of coastal deposits by wind, wave and the influence of the current sea-level.<br />
The sea-level stabilised about 6,000 years ago (see discussion in Appleton 1993), which<br />
provides a time frame for certain types of Aboriginal land use and presence. Sea levels appear<br />
to have fluctuated somewhat during this period, probably within a range of about a metre.<br />
Coastal changes during this period appear to have involved sediment gain and losses and there<br />
are indications of periodic increased storminess.<br />
The development of systems of barrier dunes are typical of the this part of the Central Coast.<br />
These are formed by accumulations of sediment which block off or impound drainage from the<br />
hinterland. They are typically linear sand bodies, parallel to the shore and backed by a body of<br />
water which may range from sand or mud flat to swamp to open water, e.g. an estuary or<br />
lagoon.<br />
Two systems have been identified along this coast, an ‘Inner Barrier’ assessed as of Late<br />
Pleistocene age, and an ‘Outer Barrier’ of Holocene. The latter would be less than c.15,000<br />
years. (The Pleistocene now is generally placed as covering the period from c. 2 million years<br />
BP to about 15,000 years BP.)<br />
The period between c. 6,000 and 3,000 years ago is seen as a major period for such dune<br />
formation. From then on valleys and estuaries behind the dunes were progressively infilled with<br />
sediments deriving from the hinterland.<br />
Topography<br />
Reference to a topographic map suggest that the <strong>study</strong> areas comprise, from the north down:<br />
• In the eastern part a roughly north to south, steep-sided ridge line separating the<br />
southernmost part of the Wallis Lake catchment from the sea;<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC
ABORIGINAL AND EUROPEAN HERITAGE 110<br />
• To the west Wallis Creek drains from this ridge into Wallis Lake;<br />
• Still further west, to either side of the <strong>Lakes</strong> Way, the Wallis Lake catchment is rather lowlying<br />
and swampy;<br />
• The eastern ridge line ends in sandy wetlands at Symes Bay, at the north-east corner of<br />
Smiths Lake, but a well vegetated dune forms a considerable rise at the northern end of the<br />
main sand bar which separates the <strong>lake</strong> from the sea and may be artificially opened to avoid<br />
flooding problems;<br />
• West of Symes Bay the Smiths Lake Village occupies another area of north to south<br />
trending and much dissected high ground;<br />
• In the western part ridge lines with varying types of slope and trending roughly north-west<br />
to south-east are dissected and separated by drainage lines joining to form Wamwarra<br />
Creek and Tarbuck Creek which drain into Wamwarra and Tarbuck Bays in Smiths Lake.<br />
Smiths Lake was formed as a barrier lagoon with a coastal sand dune barrier on the eastern<br />
shore (south-east of the <strong>study</strong> area).<br />
The <strong>lake</strong> has drowned the mouth of several small valleys and small floodplain deltas have<br />
formed between these, e.g. at the outlets for Wamwarra and Tarbuck Creeks; swamps and<br />
wetlands are common along the shore and on valley floors.<br />
Remnant, partly drowned ridge lines between them form headlands on the northern <strong>lake</strong> shore.<br />
The ridge lines provide a number of high crests: Stokes Hill just west of Wamwarra Bay<br />
reaches 125 m AHD; a ridge between Wamwarra and Tarbuck Creeks reaches 153 m AHD and<br />
the ridge between the latter and Duck Creek (a watershed between Smiths and Wallis Lake<br />
catchments) reaches c. 220m AHD. Further north-east the ridge behind Blueys Beach reaches<br />
216 m AHD.<br />
Dunes occur in the eastern part but are more extensive to the east and south of the <strong>study</strong> areas.<br />
Wind movements mainly affect the beach zone but note for example comments in 10.5.2 on<br />
Symes Bay.<br />
10.4.4 Climate<br />
This general area is characterised by a moderate semi-tropical climate with minimal seasonal<br />
variation, that is warm summers and mild winters.<br />
Temperatures average 29° C in summer and 19° C in winter (1993 EIS, Forster and Pacific<br />
Palms Sewerage Scheme).<br />
Webb (1998) quotes a Bureau of Meteorology record for Station 60013 (Forster Post Office)<br />
giving an average annual rainfall of 1215 mm and annual median rainfall of 1206 mm for the<br />
period 1896 – 1997.<br />
We may conclude, with past and present residents, that the area is comfortably habitable at all<br />
times.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC
ABORIGINAL AND EUROPEAN HERITAGE 111<br />
10.4.5 Vegetation, Fauna and Raw Materials<br />
Vegetation<br />
Varying terminology has been applied in previous studies.<br />
For example, a NPWS vegetation and land use map (reproduced in WP Geomarine 1996)<br />
shows the Smiths Lake Catchment as largely covered in Moist Open Forest (which continues<br />
northward to Wallis Lake) with areas of Coastal Sclerophyll Complex (notably on the ridges<br />
and steep slopes overlooking Smiths Lake) and relatively small patches of cleared land.<br />
On the other hand the 1993 EIS for a sewerage scheme describes Smiths Lake Village area as<br />
retaining much native forest, mainly Open Layered Sclerophyll Forest, ranging from Dry to<br />
Wet depending on the topography. The presence of remnant littoral rainforest between Blueys<br />
Beach and Sandbar is noted.<br />
Scattered through such reports we find also occasional comments relevant to a traditional<br />
Aboriginal economy, e.g. that salt marshes have been recorded in Wamwarra and Symes Bays,<br />
that sea grass beds are present in Smiths Lake and that these are important in breeding cycles of<br />
estuarine fish species and that the occasional presence of black apple and small fruited fig in<br />
the general area may indicate the former presence of littoral rain forest.<br />
Section five of this <strong>planning</strong> <strong>study</strong> presents updated and detailed statements on local flora. This<br />
could be useful to a future, detailed <strong>study</strong> of possible/probable Aboriginal land use patterns.<br />
Given the present poverty of actual heritage data, such studies would have to remain highly<br />
speculative.<br />
The use of several plants for equipment, dyeing and food is remembered by local Aborigines,<br />
e.g. Keith Leon, Don and Des Simon, and was quoted by Appleton (1993:12), but such<br />
statements refer to a tiny portion of potentially useful species.<br />
We may note that the presence of a potentially useful/edible species does not meant that it was<br />
necessarily used, or that use did not fluctuate over time. Use would have been to some extent<br />
determined by social factors (traditions, beliefs e.g. avoidance rules) and individual choice. But<br />
ethnographic studies indicate that knowledge of potential is likely to generally have outstripped<br />
actual use. It would therefore have contributed to the potentially available resource.<br />
Several points emerge strongly from previous environmental studies:<br />
• there would have been and still is a wide range of habitats in fairly close proximity, a<br />
situation known to have been advantageous in terms of a traditional economy;<br />
• movement through the area would have been easiest via waterways or walking along ridge<br />
crests with their drier and more open vegetation; and<br />
• much of the ground surface remains wooded and, in spite of past logging, relatively<br />
untouched by development.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC
ABORIGINAL AND EUROPEAN HERITAGE 112<br />
The last point is likely to be a major factor contributing to the local scarcity of recorded<br />
heritage material and will be discussed further in Section 10.6.<br />
Fauna<br />
Variation in species present reflects partly the existing flora, partly the effects of recent land<br />
use, e.g. the presence of roads with fast vehicles, fences and permanent residents.<br />
Certain environments, e.g. lush and well-watered creek flats and swamps, tend to contain a<br />
resident population of greater variety and greater numbers than e.g. dry ridges. Animal mobility<br />
tends to increase with scarcity of resources and need to move around to forage, as often, but not<br />
necessarily exemplified by human behaviour.<br />
Wildlife is still well represented and there is reason to believe that past Aboriginal residents<br />
would have had the choice of a wide range of resources including various marsupials, birds,<br />
reptiles, fish and shell fish. Note for example a comment ‘…the wetlands adjacent to the <strong>lake</strong>,<br />
… are thought to support an abundant and diverse fauna …’ (Webb 1998).<br />
Whilst some species may have been absent or poorly represented during certain seasons, the<br />
spectrum of species available at any one time is likely to have been quite rich, judging from<br />
comments from early observers such as Oxley (see below).<br />
Raw Materials<br />
Common rock types (see Section 10.4.3) are sedimentary: mudstone, siltstone, lithic and<br />
volcanoclastic sandstones and conglomerates; and extrusive igneous (volcanic): felsic<br />
porphyry, rhyolite , tuff, ignimbrite.<br />
Exposures, for example at headlands, could have provided raw material for stone tools as<br />
appears to have been the case somewhat further west, along the Buladelah to Coolongolook<br />
Deviation of the Pacific Highway (Haglund 1998).<br />
Sources of hard rock for making artefacts would preferentially have been outcrops on ridges,<br />
on hillsides and in the upper reaches of creek beds. Loose rocks occurring as scree and floaters<br />
on hillsides could also have been used.<br />
Raw materials were in some cases carried over considerable distances, but it is probable that at<br />
Aboriginal knapping sites, artefacts would generally be made from rock taken from the nearest<br />
source of suitable hard rock.<br />
By comparing the rock types of the artefacts to the rock types of the geological formations<br />
making up the bedrock at or near each site, it can be determined whether the source rock was<br />
likely to be close to the knapping site.<br />
Topography and a long history of aggradation and/or sand drift typical of much of the <strong>study</strong><br />
area combine to suggest that:<br />
• sources of suitable rock and ancient quarry or extraction sites are unlikely to be exposed<br />
except on and along ridges and headlands,<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC
ABORIGINAL AND EUROPEAN HERITAGE 113<br />
• such sources may have been more accessible in the distant past.<br />
10.4.6 Historic Land Use<br />
Apart from fishing and related activities, and small scale farming, the main historic land use<br />
involved logging. Comments below are based on personal observation and discussions with the<br />
FLALC.<br />
Logging was extensive and affected all of the two <strong>study</strong> areas (according to observations by<br />
FLALC staff). The stumps of large trees can be seen scattered through the areas. Some large<br />
trees remain, probably because they were the wrong species or in terrain to difficult to harvest;<br />
and that would have to be difficult indeed.<br />
Logging involved several species:<br />
• cedar (supply exhausted quite early, see Section 10.3.2);<br />
• turpentines were taken for use on wharves, piers and oyster leases as the wood is little<br />
affected by marine organisms;<br />
• blackbutt and tallowwood were sawn for building timbers;<br />
• flooded gum and coachwood were harvested mainly for cabinet making; and<br />
• cabbage tree palm was cut and turned into oyster sticks.<br />
10.5 Archaeological Con<strong>text</strong><br />
10.5.1 Site Types and Distribution<br />
The NSW NPWS keeps a register of Aboriginal sites as well as an extensive library of<br />
archaeological reports which are often the source of site data.<br />
But distribution patterns based of this register simply reflect observed examples of Aboriginal<br />
heritage. Within this broad category other patterns are observed, and interpretations attempted,<br />
e.g. site types are seen as reflecting patterns of land use.<br />
The patterns undoubtedly reflect an underlying reality, but they are skewed by various factors.<br />
For example, the register lists Aboriginal sites according to site types: rock shelters (with art<br />
and/or deposit and/or other material), open sites, middens, quarries, engraving sites, grinding<br />
grooves, wells, scarred/carved trees, ceremonial sites, burials etc. The classification used is not<br />
always logically consistent. It was initially applied to a small body of locations, often well<br />
known to researchers who would therefore be aware of an inherent range of variation. It now<br />
covers thousands of sites and inconsistencies are bedevilling attempts to use it for land use<br />
interpretation.<br />
For example:<br />
Many recorded sites are rock shelters with art and/or archaeological deposits. When such<br />
deposits (with stone artefacts and/or food debris) occur in the open they have long been<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC
ABORIGINAL AND EUROPEAN HERITAGE 114<br />
referred to as open camp sites, but now more commonly just open sites, as not all of them need<br />
result from camp site activities.<br />
If there is food debris and this includes shells, the site is classified as a midden. But middens<br />
may also be open sites – or occur inside shelters. In terms of logic, middens are just one form of<br />
archaeological deposit.<br />
There are also problems relating to scale:<br />
Until recently the NPWS register did not allocate numbers to isolated finds of stone artefacts;<br />
information about them was buried in original reports. We know that one visible artefact<br />
frequently indicates the presence of at least a few more. Distribution patterns based on the<br />
register are therefore heavily skewed away from the results of one activity/incident.<br />
On the other hand, the midden category covers anything from a thin scatter of a few shells, the<br />
result of an incidental meal, to accumulations stretching for hundred of metres and perhaps<br />
several metres in depth, and resulting from intensive and/or long term use.<br />
For studies of limited areas it is still possible and often necessary to turn to relevant original<br />
NPWS site forms for more detail about each site.<br />
10.5.2 Archaeology of the <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Lakes</strong> area<br />
Studies in the General Area<br />
The NPWS record of Aboriginal sites in and near the Smiths Lake area was searched in relation<br />
to a previous <strong>study</strong> which cut across the present <strong>study</strong> area (Haglund 1984) but the results were<br />
meagre.<br />
A similar search by Appleton for his 1993 <strong>study</strong> gave a similarly meagre picture for the Smiths<br />
Lake area, but a very different picture for adjoining areas (Appleton 1993:16-17 and ibid.,<br />
Fig.1). Most of the recorded sites shown on Appleton’s map are north of the present <strong>study</strong> areas<br />
and cluster notably. (Such clustering may reflect actual patterns but often indicates that the data<br />
result from systematic surveys of certain parcels of land within a larger area.)<br />
But there appears to be good reason to believe that sites occur or have been present in similar<br />
density relative to the terrain in adjoining areas, including the Smiths Lake area. Their absence<br />
from the register may be due to lack of systematic survey, lack of surface exposure and lack of<br />
observant witnesses, in combination.<br />
Of the 53 sites listed in 1993 as occurring within a broad south to north strip across Smiths<br />
Lake and Wallis Lake, all but 5 were listed as middens (ibid.). Of the remaining five locations,<br />
three are small artefact scatters. There is also a stone arrangement at Booti Booti, burials at<br />
Forster Aboriginal mission and a quarry and open site at Elizabeth Bay.<br />
Most known sites and isolated finds from the <strong>study</strong> areas and their neighbourhood relate to<br />
everyday activities such as getting, preparing and eating food, getting raw materials, making<br />
and using tools, making things to wear or carry, or finally discarding the remains or debris.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC
ABORIGINAL AND EUROPEAN HERITAGE 115<br />
In this coastal area finds generally relate to exploitation of lacustrine, estuarine or marine<br />
resources, and are seen mostly as middens. The latter can be divided into several sub-types<br />
according to size and/or content, and notably according to the dominant resource base, e.g.<br />
lagoon or estuarine shell species. Bigger middens tend to be associated with richer and more<br />
varied resources.<br />
Sullivan’s extensive coastline <strong>study</strong> (1982) found that 80-90% of known midden sites were<br />
within 200 metres of fresh or slightly brackish water, and that 30-40% are located near swamps.<br />
To what extent the proportions may have changed after sixteen years of systematic surveys<br />
which would have included less accessible areas, and the identification of greater numbers of<br />
middens, is uncertain.<br />
On the other hand Sullivan found that on occasion pipi shell had been carried as much as 3 km<br />
from the beach. Apparently some shellfish, e.g. Sydney rock oysters can be carried for some<br />
distance and keep fresh provided it is kept damp, whilst e.g. the Pacific oyster spoils more<br />
quickly.<br />
We may conclude that the general distribution pattern is probably applicable but with a caution<br />
that middens may occur outside the expected areas.<br />
Further inland isolated finds or scatters of stone artefacts tend to dominate in valleys and lowlying<br />
country. Few stone artefacts have been recorded in or near the Smiths Lake area. But, as<br />
noted above, an Aboriginal quarry and open site has been recorded at Elizabeth Bay and<br />
isolated artefacts at Pacific Palms (Haglund 1984 and below). Stone artefacts may indeed be<br />
comparatively rare, at least on the surface, but several factors may contribute to exaggerate this<br />
pattern.<br />
As noted above (Section 10.4.3), the <strong>study</strong> areas come within the New England Fold Belt. They<br />
lie at the very tip of a series of tilted strata which further west, towards Buladelah and<br />
Coolongolook, provided materials for Aboriginal artefacts as well as access routes across the<br />
landscape, from mountains to coast and <strong>lake</strong>s. During surveys for the road deviation, we found<br />
that artefacts were difficult to see and identify because of the colour and <strong>text</strong>ure of the materials<br />
used and a lack of contrast when seen in or on the surface. Where sites were investigated,<br />
numbers of undoubted artefacts were larger than expected, though never large. Assemblages<br />
included standard types as well as pieces heavily modified by use (Haglund 1998).<br />
The problem of recognition is therefore likely to be a major factor also in the <strong>study</strong> areas and<br />
here increased by frequently unstable deposits of sand and silt which may have blown or<br />
washed over any artefacts present.<br />
In addition, experience indicates that more people would recognise clusters of bleached shell as<br />
possibly deriving from or indicating Aboriginal middens than would recognise Aboriginal<br />
stone artefacts. Well known types such as ground-edge axe heads or large grind stones, both<br />
relatively uncommon, may form exceptions. Also grooves resulting from the shaping and<br />
sharpening of stone tools such as axes or chisels, and indicating their local use, or from food<br />
preparation are commonly recognised if well preserved.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC
ABORIGINAL AND EUROPEAN HERITAGE 116<br />
As indicated, some heritage material may remain hidden, and the range may be wider than<br />
discussed. For example, dredging of Wallis Lake near Tiona brought to the surface a bark<br />
canoe with spears and boomerangs. (Present whereabouts have not yet been traced by Mr<br />
Leon.) It is not impossible that other items made of organic materials have been preserved in<br />
deposits that have remained constantly waterlogged and undisturbed, e.g. in swampy areas.<br />
Standing trees can still be found, though these are increasingly rare, that carry scars resulting<br />
from Aboriginal activities, having provided material for bark canoes, shields or containers (see<br />
below).<br />
Fish traps were used in many areas. Where suitable rock was available this might have been<br />
used and the traps may remain recognisable. In some areas organic materials were used, but<br />
few examples are likely to have survived unless they were portable and ended up in museums.<br />
But in addition to the evidence of past presence provided by e.g. middens, quarry sites and<br />
stone artefacts, some site types provide hints of a range of aspects of traditional Aboriginal<br />
society. Certain natural features and ceremonial sites, and probably most art sites, relate to<br />
beliefs and ritual. Burials, including those in recent cemeteries, may be a major concern (Byrne<br />
1998).<br />
Examples of this kind have been recorded or are remembered as occurring in the <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Lakes</strong><br />
area:<br />
• At Hallidays Point - a goanna carved tree associated with a ceremonial ground;<br />
• At Saltwater (Wallabi Point) - sacred fig tree;<br />
• At Booti Booti – a stone arrangement;<br />
• At Bungwahl there was a bora ring, now apparently lost, and a camp site;<br />
• There is an historic Aboriginal cemetery in Forster .<br />
The Smiths Lake area<br />
As note above, little archaeological survey work has to date been done within the actual <strong>study</strong><br />
areas:, and the work done has been largely limited to surveys of narrow corridors, e.g. for pipe<br />
lines.<br />
My own work followed proposed water supply lines (Haglund 1984). Appleton’s studies in<br />
1993 and 1994 (for a water and sewerage scheme) paid attention to the Smiths Lake area but<br />
focussed on the Pacific Palms and Wallis Lake area. He identified shell midden areas on the<br />
shoreline of Wallis Lake (Appleton 1993).<br />
A recent print-out of the NPWS Site Register listed only one site for the <strong>study</strong> areas, a midden<br />
recorded during my 1984 survey. (Two stone artefacts were during that survey found in the<br />
north-west corner of the present <strong>study</strong> areas, south-east of Wallis Lake, but isolated finds were<br />
at that stage not allocated site numbers.)<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC
ABORIGINAL AND EUROPEAN HERITAGE 117<br />
The two <strong>study</strong> areas, and in particular the SLVA were recently visited with FLALC<br />
representatives, to check the state of the previously recorded midden and some finds reported<br />
by the FLALC (see also Appendix F).<br />
Site 38-2-0014, on the western shore of SLVA, is still there (Figure 10-1 and Figure 10-2). The<br />
shell deposit is eroding onto the beach, but the erosion possibly slowed by the provision of<br />
wooden steps from the parkland and parking areas down to the beach. There was less evidence<br />
now than in 1984 of erosion induced by people scrambling across the slope.<br />
But below the erosion front, on a strip of sand and occasional flat exposures of soft and<br />
cracking rock between this and the water, and for some distance into the water, there are stone<br />
artefacts which almost certainly derive from midden deposit that has slumped onto the beach.<br />
They vary in size, type and condition. Some are badly leached and battered and have been<br />
exposed to the weather for a long time. Others look fresh (Figure 10-3) and have, judging from<br />
their fairly sharp edges, not seen much exposure to wind, waves or foot traffic. Artefacts were<br />
seen intermittently for several hundred metres but no attempt made to search systematically or<br />
more widely. S. Brereton noted that he had previously seen stone artefacts over an even wider<br />
area. What is visible at any one time will depend on weather, wind and recent human<br />
movement across the beach.<br />
Moving across to the eastern side of SLVA, and opposite Sandbar, stone artefacts (of a variety<br />
of raw materials) were again seen along the <strong>lake</strong> shore, though largely at the water’s edge and<br />
in the water (Figure 10-4 and Figure 10-5). S. Brereton has on other occasions seen artefacts<br />
along a much longer stretch. Site information is being forwarded to the NPWS by the FLALC.<br />
No NPWS number has been allocated as yet.<br />
The shore line is here high and steep, almost vertical in places, ending in sand or level<br />
exposures of soft rock or mineralised/compacted sand, often ‘coffee rock’. No midden remains<br />
were seen. The place is exposed to icy southerlies and especially during winter storms, waves<br />
may drive right up to the foot of the slope and wash away anything left on the beach.<br />
The two locations are of markedly different character and would have been attractive at<br />
different times of the year. The eastern site is likely to have been used mainly during the<br />
summer, the western perhaps all the year round, but particularly in the winter as it gets very hot<br />
in the summer.<br />
Reports from old residents mention that canoe-trees were seen in fairly low-lying, swampy and<br />
undeveloped areas north-west of Symes Bay; the location would make good sense (refer to<br />
Oxley’s comment on this very area, 10.3.2) and it is possible that some could still be found.<br />
One scarred tree (also being reported to the NPWS) in the north-west part of the SLVA was<br />
identified by S. Brereton. The tree is dead but in reasonably good condition (Figure 10-6). The<br />
oval scar, now about 175 cm by 47 cm would have been somewhat larger; scar tissue forms a<br />
welt about 17 cm broad and 7 cm deep. The scar appears rather large for a container but too<br />
small for a canoe; it is suggested that it would have been the right size for a burial. The tree is<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC
ABORIGINAL AND EUROPEAN HERITAGE 118<br />
within easy reach from existing roads and appears potentially endangered by future<br />
development.<br />
No sites have been recorded in the SLA, which is more extensive but at present less developed.<br />
Two stone artefacts were observed in 1984 and during the recent inspection a third was<br />
recorded a little further east, just north of SLA but south of Boomerang Drive (Figure 10-7).<br />
10.6 Discussion<br />
10.6.1 Planning Problems and Constraints<br />
In heavily developed areas or areas exposed to erosion by wind or water, such as the open<br />
coast, much of what once existed in the way of heritage material has now been lost.<br />
But material that has over time been covered by sediments and/or vegetation remains hidden<br />
and unknown unless exposed through deliberate search or accidentally, often by machinery<br />
during some development or through erosion, perhaps initiated as a result of some<br />
development.<br />
Heritage material has at times been saved as a result of accidental discovery, but this is a<br />
chancy business which depends on the presence of an observant and knowledgeable person in<br />
the right place at the right moment.<br />
For parts of the Smiths Lake area the poverty of data in combination with a low level of<br />
clearing and surface disturbance for development could be seen as a good omen for future<br />
heritage management. For these parts the lack of data is likely to mean that heritage material<br />
may yet be present quite widely, and some of it may be possible to protect and retain.<br />
However, the potentially richest area, the slightly raised strip of fairly level land along the <strong>lake</strong><br />
shore, has already been heavily developed and modified and much of its heritage content<br />
probably lost or damaged. What is left is likely to be threatened.<br />
In the SLA notices of land for sale dot the road sides and beckon visitors to turn off on to<br />
smaller roads to chase the promise of wonderful blocks in areas of wilderness and magnificent<br />
views. Development may grow at exponential rates and it is questionable whether will any<br />
heritage values survive.<br />
Success in this will depend on appropriate <strong>planning</strong>, active measures and the involvement of<br />
persons who care and are willing to take a personal interest.<br />
Several constraints affect the <strong>planning</strong> aspect:<br />
• <strong>Council</strong>s can rarely afford to commission detailed surveys over large areas;<br />
• In well vegetated and relatively undeveloped areas heritage material may not be, or will<br />
only rarely be visible on the surface;<br />
• There may be political concerns with regard to potential reactions by land owners and<br />
developers if regulations are introduced;<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC
ABORIGINAL AND EUROPEAN HERITAGE 119<br />
• Staff involved in issuing development consents may be neither aware of nor interested in<br />
landscape interpretation and associated heritage potential.<br />
It would be possible and important to institute a practice by which each area to be affected by a<br />
development application is considered with regard to theoretical and practical potential to retain<br />
Aboriginal heritage and decisions are made about need to investigate or monitor the situation.<br />
But as the selling off and development of individual blocks or small groups of blocks does not<br />
require consultation with or regulation by the local authority, the beneficial effects of this<br />
practice would be limited. Much development, possibly a majority of developments, would<br />
proceed without any attention to heritage values.<br />
Nor can the NPWS take action unless it is informed that heritage material is being or has been<br />
damaged or destroyed.<br />
10.6.2 Implications for the Study Areas<br />
Some of the potential problems of unchecked development affect not only heritage values and<br />
preventive measures may be officially imposed to counter such effects.<br />
For example, regulations and/or active measures may limit catchment clearing and reduce<br />
sediment runoff, gullying erosion or flooding. Slope instability is likely to be a major problem<br />
in the SLA. Some soil types are more prone to erosion than others (e.g. fine-grained soils with<br />
high silt and mud content but little clay), which means that embedded archaeological material is<br />
also at increased risk.<br />
The effects of present uses of parts of the <strong>study</strong> areas may also be detrimental to a range of<br />
environmental aspects and values, e.g. the increasing popularity of power-boating and other<br />
contraptions that move fast and increase wash, and thereby bank erosion, or the use of 4WD<br />
vehicles on beaches.<br />
If / when regulations and controls to limit such effects are imposed, the needs and fragility of<br />
heritage material should be remembered and taken into account in the <strong>planning</strong>. If not, we may<br />
find that the remedial measures may be as destructive to this aspect of the environment.<br />
Contour ploughing and clearing fire breaks are good examples. Such measures may need to be<br />
preceded or accompanied by consultation, surveys and/or monitoring for heritage material.<br />
As controls imposed by authorities are generally unpopular unless underlying reasons have<br />
been adequately explained and emotionally and intellectually accepted, there is likely to be a<br />
need for a carefully considered program of public education and consultation.<br />
10.6.3 Heritage Potential: Theoretical Possibilities and Constraints<br />
Predictive modelling on the basis of existing data from the general area and a few locations<br />
within the <strong>study</strong> areas, remains highly tentative but two main distribution models appear to<br />
apply.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC
ABORIGINAL AND EUROPEAN HERITAGE 120<br />
For the ridge country (SLA and parts of SLVA) we can use the model defined for the<br />
Buladelah – Coolongolook Deviation by Rich (1990) and tested during the salvage work<br />
(Haglund 1998): ridge lines were used as pathways through the landscape, e.g. moving between<br />
the <strong>lake</strong>s or to the coast. Evidence of past activities (camps, quarries, special activities such as<br />
processing bark, wood, certain plant foods etc.) can be expected on surfaces such as saddles,<br />
level tops or shelves on spurs or beside drainage lines with waterfalls. water-holes, rock shelves<br />
etc.<br />
The evidence will be difficult to find for a number of reasons such as dense surface vegetation<br />
and leaf litter, a generally low density and/or small number of stone artefacts and the raw<br />
materials used, generally local and likely to blend well with their background (Haglund 1998).<br />
Traces of activity will occur also on the slopes, e.g. at the sources of wood, bark, food plants<br />
etc. but will be more difficult to find because of the instability of slope sediments and a<br />
probably even denser vegetation, and the probably small number of items associated with<br />
single events.<br />
For the <strong>lake</strong> shore and coastal flats behind we can look at the map reproduced by Appleton<br />
(1993, Fig.1) and its clusters of midden sites. We know that this pattern applies in the SLVA<br />
(see below) and can probably be applied to parts of the SLA. The middens are likely to contain<br />
or have contained stone artefacts. Burials could occur almost anywhere within the sandy parts<br />
and need not be associated with middens.<br />
This pattern probably applies also in the Sandbar – estuarine area along the eastern margin of<br />
the <strong>study</strong>, although evidence may here be masked by wind deposited sand. Much of the sand is<br />
now stabilised and even massive deposits held in place by a thick cover of plants. But we have<br />
to remember that sea levels have fluctuated and there have been periods of greater storminess in<br />
the past, well within the period of Aboriginal presence in the area.<br />
But note that the two models discussed above refer mainly to site types that reflect everyday<br />
life styles and traditional economy, aspects that we can approach from our own understanding<br />
of the environment, past and present.<br />
Some finds may depend on unusual occurrencies or combinations of resources that we cannot<br />
know about. Other finds, and they may be the most intriguing to us and most important to<br />
Aboriginal descendants, cannot be predicted because we do not know what was in the mind or<br />
minds of those who created them, their beliefs and needs and social rules.<br />
10.6.4 Heritage Potential: Practical Possibilities<br />
The brief stated that one task would be to assess the data to assess extent of coverage and<br />
identify the gaps in knowledge. The limited amount of systematic heritage investigation carried<br />
out so far means that for the most part the <strong>study</strong> areas remain totally unknown with regard to<br />
data on Aboriginal heritage.<br />
Ironically ‘gaps’ in such a void will have to refer to a tentative but inadequate set of data for<br />
tiny areas, useful mainly in terms of indicating further potential. The discussions above should<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC
ABORIGINAL AND EUROPEAN HERITAGE 121<br />
show that general heritage potential may be considerable and the needs for investigation<br />
equally large.<br />
How can such a problem best be tackled, given the limits imposed by finance, time, legal<br />
constraints , potential public reaction and political consequences?<br />
It is obviously unrealistic to expect a detailed survey of every square metre of the two areas.<br />
Nor would, because of vegetation cover, sand dunes etc., such survey be likely to provide all<br />
information wanted and needed.<br />
As suggested above, any practical program would be heavily dependent on the interest and<br />
goodwill and co-operation of a number of participants to be implemented successfully, and<br />
these participants would have to include representatives of the main stake holders, once these<br />
have been identified. Such identification could be done only in awareness of local dynamics.<br />
The list may well become surprising to outsiders.<br />
Some suggestions can be made. Regulating authorities such as the <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Lakes</strong> Shire <strong>Council</strong><br />
(GLSC) the NPWS and the Environment Protection Authority (EPA) would have an obvious,<br />
probably permanent role. Others might become involved in relation to particular concerns, e.g.<br />
coastline management, public works, roads, soil conservation.<br />
The Forster Local Aboriginal Land <strong>Council</strong> is and should be acknowledged as a prime stake<br />
holder. In time and in relation to particular locations or areas, some sub-group, e.g. a particular<br />
Aboriginal descent group may emerge as having particular interests and responsibilities.<br />
Present land owners and developers also have a role. They may have paid for the land or<br />
inherited it; there will generally be no doubt in their minds that they own the land as well as the<br />
right to use it or sell it. They may or may not be aware of their legal obligations and constraints<br />
with regard to Aboriginal heritage but may choose to ignore this. They are likely to believe that<br />
heritage material means problems.<br />
There are also a number of community organisations that may have an interest in or, as part of<br />
their activities, a likely involvement in activities that may affect Aboriginal relics, e.g.<br />
volunteer fire-fighters, environmental care groups such as those who regenerate bushland<br />
vegetation and educational organisations.<br />
Recommendations that certain stake holders should be consulted may be accepted in principle<br />
but lead nowhere unless relevant procedures are initiated and responsibilities for action<br />
allocated.<br />
Management regulations may be framed but have little effect unless their purpose is both<br />
understood and accepted by those whom they affect, and, but conditional on the former, their<br />
observance is enforced when necessary.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC
ABORIGINAL AND EUROPEAN HERITAGE 122<br />
10.7 Recommendations<br />
10.7.1 General Recommendations<br />
The following recommendations are made on the basis of discussions above. They are seen as a<br />
beginning and as laying foundations for heritage management within the <strong>study</strong> areas, but will<br />
undoubtedly need to be developed further. Initial recommendations are:<br />
1. (a) That the <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Lakes</strong> Shire <strong>Council</strong> (GLSC) appoint one or more Aboriginal liaison<br />
officers to liase with the FLALC and any other relevant body of Aboriginal representatives,<br />
or<br />
(b) Delegate to one or more council employees a responsibility to consult with the FLALC<br />
and other relevant Aboriginal representatives and effectively transmit suggestions,<br />
proposals, and information about their concerns. Such information should include<br />
notification of development applications.<br />
2. That the GLSC in consultation with the FLALC initiate a heritage committee to help shape<br />
suitable educational and community liaison programs and develop guide lines for heritage<br />
identification and management ;<br />
3. That such committee comprise representatives of the GLSC, the FLALC and other relevant<br />
stake holders, as identified through community consultation;<br />
4. That such liaison officer/employee in consultation with FLALC and other committee<br />
members develop programs of education, community consultation and investigation;<br />
5. That the GLSC investigate means of developing and pursuing a program of heritage<br />
identification and protection;<br />
6. That the GLSC set an example by routinely considering the need for and allocating funds<br />
for heritage investigations and/or management with regard to its own activities; and<br />
7. That the GLSC routinely include attention to potential heritage needs in conditions imposed<br />
in relation to granting development consents.<br />
10.7.2 Specific Recommendations<br />
Several recommendations are appropriate for the <strong>lake</strong> shore parts of the SLA but have<br />
particular application to the SLVA:<br />
8. That the 30 m no development zone along the shore be strictly enforced;<br />
9. That any management/protective works to be undertaken within this zone, e.g. as part of the<br />
Coast Care programme, involve prior consultation with the FLALC;<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC
ABORIGINAL AND EUROPEAN HERITAGE 123<br />
10. That any landscaping or excavation, e.g. for drainage or amenities, within public land<br />
behind the actual beach include consultation with and monitoring by the FLALC; and<br />
11. Such consultation/monitoring be encouraged or, if possible, required with regard to<br />
developments on private land.<br />
10.8 European Heritage<br />
Items or places of heritage value have been investigated by referring to heritage registers and<br />
schedules maintained by a variety of public and private organisations. No items or places of<br />
local, regional, state significance were found. Results are shown in Table 10-1.<br />
Table 10-1 European Heritage<br />
Organisation Source / Method Result<br />
Australian Heritage<br />
Commission.<br />
<strong>Great</strong> <strong>Lakes</strong> <strong>Council</strong>.<br />
National Trust of Australia<br />
(NSW).<br />
NSW Department of Urban<br />
Affairs and Planning.<br />
NSW Heritage Office.<br />
Register of the National Estate.<br />
Search using WWW site.<br />
Search of <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Lakes</strong> Local Environmental<br />
Plan 1996<br />
Register.<br />
Search of <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Lakes</strong> LGA.<br />
Hunter REP 1989.<br />
Telephone inquiry.<br />
State Heritage Inventory & s170 Register.<br />
Search using WWW site.<br />
No listings in <strong>study</strong> area.<br />
Listings in adjacent areas.<br />
No listings in <strong>study</strong> area.<br />
Listings in adjacent areas.<br />
No listings in <strong>study</strong> area.<br />
Listings in adjacent areas.<br />
No listings in <strong>study</strong> area.<br />
Listings in adjacent areas.<br />
No listings in <strong>study</strong> area.<br />
Listings in adjacent areas.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC
ABORIGINAL AND EUROPEAN HERITAGE 124<br />
Figure 10-2 Lake Shore in the Area of Site 38-2-14, Recorded in 1984.<br />
Figure 10-3 Large F<strong>lake</strong> with Chopping Edges on Two Margins Found Below Eroding<br />
Midden<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC
ABORIGINAL AND EUROPEAN HERITAGE 125<br />
(Stone artefacts can be seen in the water along the shore. Camera facing south.)<br />
Figure 10-4 Stone Artefacts on Eastern Shore of Smiths Lake Village Area<br />
Figure 10-5 Broken F<strong>lake</strong> In The Water Below The Shore Line.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC
ABORIGINAL AND EUROPEAN HERITAGE 126<br />
(Camera facing north)<br />
Figure 10-6 Scarred Tree in the NW Part of the Smiths Lake Village Area.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC
ABORIGINAL AND EUROPEAN HERITAGE 127<br />
(just south of Boomerang Drive leading up to major ridge line - Camera facing east)<br />
Figure 10-7 Location of Isolated Find on Dirt Track<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC
INFRASTRUCTURE 128<br />
11 INFRASTRUCTURE<br />
11.1 Sewer<br />
<strong>Council</strong> has recently constructed a reticulated sewerage scheme for the Pacific Palms and<br />
Smiths Lake areas. During <strong>planning</strong> of the scheme, three major documents were released:<br />
• Pacific Palms Sewerage Strategy Study (Public Works Department, 1991);<br />
• Forster and Pacific Palms Sewerage Scheme Environmental Impact Statement (Manidis<br />
Roberts, 1993); and<br />
• Pacific Palms Sewerage Scheme Concept Design Report (Public Works Department,<br />
1993).<br />
After extensive investigations and discussions with local communities, <strong>Council</strong> has constructed<br />
a new waste water treatment plant (WWTP) between Smiths Lake and Charlotte Bay. The plant<br />
treats sewage to a secondary level from the communities of Elizabeth Beach, Boomerang<br />
Beach, Blueys Beach, Charlotte Bay, Tarbuck Bay, Sandbar and Smiths Lake. Following<br />
secondary treatment, effluent is transferred to the Forster WWTP for tertiary treatment,<br />
discharge and/or reuse.<br />
The strategy caters for holiday season loadings, and will provide for an equivalent population<br />
in 2016 of about 15,000 , or 3,500 equivalent tenements. Stage 1 will meet the loading of<br />
10,000 equivalent persons in the year 2006; Stage 2 will meet the loading of 15,000 equivalent<br />
persons in the year 2016.<br />
The current service area is shown in Figure 11-1.<br />
Areas outside of the current service area may be able to be connected economically to existing<br />
sewer mains, provided that there is sufficient capacity in sewer mains and in the throughput of<br />
the Forster waste water treatment plant.<br />
The Smiths Lake waste water treatment plant is expected to be brought on line by 2004. The<br />
current system of reticulating sewerage to Forster waste water treatment plant will then be<br />
changed to provide secondary treatment at Smiths Lake prior to pumping treated effluent to<br />
Forster.<br />
<strong>Great</strong> <strong>Lakes</strong> <strong>Council</strong> advises that there are no practical capacity limitations to extending sewer<br />
to the nine development precincts identified in the land capability assessment. Line capacity<br />
may need to be re-examined in some cases, but this is unlikely to be a deterrent to future<br />
development.<br />
A 400 m radius buffer from the Smiths Lake waste water treatment plant, as shown in Figure<br />
11-1, would reduce the development potential of the southern portion of the Northeast Smiths<br />
Lake Precinct.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
INFRASTRUCTURE 129<br />
11.2 Other Services<br />
NorthPower provides electricity to the <strong>study</strong> area. It advises that sufficient capacity is available<br />
to service future development.<br />
MidCoast Water provides reticulated water services to Pacific Palms, Smiths Lake and Tarbuck<br />
Bay. Water is pumped from Forster to storage reservoirs at Elizabeth Beach and Smiths Lake.<br />
From these reservoirs, water is reticulated by gravity throughout the service area.<br />
MidCoast Water advises that the nine development precincts are able to be serviced by<br />
reticulated water. Reticulated water can be provided to all areas up to 40 m AHD and maintain<br />
adequate head pressure from main storage reservoirs. The maximum service elevation is 76 m<br />
AHD. Developments between 40 m and 76 m AHD would need to provide booster systems to<br />
maintain adequate line pressure.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
BUSHFIRE MANAGEMENT INVESTIGATION 130<br />
12 BUSHFIRE MANAGEMENT INVESTIGATION<br />
12.1 Fire History<br />
Bush fires occur within the region on a regular basis, although a record of the fire history<br />
within the <strong>study</strong> area as a whole has not been kept so far (Ian Lewis pers.comm.). NSW State<br />
Forests (Buladelah office) have, however, kept a record for fires originating from, or impacting<br />
on, the State Forest areas to the north-west. While some of these have been wild fires, most<br />
were initiated for fuel reduction purposes (prescribed burns). The year of last fire along the<br />
north-western boundary are listed in Table 12-1 (from State Forests of NSW fire management<br />
maps).<br />
Table 12-1 Fire History Along the North-western Boundary<br />
Location<br />
Years of Last Fire<br />
Western boundary (north to Sugar Creek Road) 1994-95<br />
North-western boundary (along Southern Boundary Road) 1991-92<br />
Central northern boundary (east of Southern Boundary Road to the eastern edge<br />
of the State Forest)<br />
before 1980-81<br />
(probably early 1950’s)<br />
12.2 Factors Influencing Fire Hazard<br />
There are four factors which are the main contributors to fire hazard within the <strong>study</strong> area,<br />
including the nature of the vegetation, weather, slope, and the degree of development and<br />
human occupation.<br />
12.2.1 Vegetation<br />
The majority of the <strong>study</strong> area is covered with forest, apart from some cleared areas which<br />
occur mostly along the <strong>Lakes</strong> Way. Like most other Australian forests, the majority of this<br />
forest is adapted to, or is a result of, a regular incidence of fire. Vegetation types particularly<br />
susceptible to fire include the dry sclerophyll and heathland types, which cover the southern<br />
parts of the <strong>study</strong> area (including the SLVA) and the areas adjacent to the <strong>Lakes</strong> Way (Figure<br />
12-1). These types tend to carry a dense ground cover of grasses and other low herbs and<br />
shrubs which easily dry out and provide fuel for fires. They include the paperbark swamp<br />
forests which, although very wet during most of the year, can dry out during dry spells. Such<br />
forests often have a considerable biomass in the ground layer, providing fuel during bushfires.<br />
The high frequency of fires commonly experienced in dry sclerophyll communities (whether<br />
prescribed or wildfires) regularly reduces the fuel load, resulting in relatively low intensity<br />
fires. Exclusion of fire for extended periods of time can, however, result in high fuel loads with<br />
the potential to develop intense fires. All dry sclerophyll communities therefore represent a fire<br />
hazard.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
BUSHFIRE MANAGEMENT INVESTIGATION 131<br />
The incidence of fire in the wet sclerophyll types in the north-west would be lower than in the<br />
dry sclerophyll. As noted in Table, the last fire in the State Forest area adjacent to the central<br />
northern boundary of the <strong>study</strong> area was probably 50 years ago, suggesting that the wet<br />
sclerophyll forest which adjoins this area (within the <strong>study</strong> area) may have been fire free for a<br />
similar period. It should be noted, however, that wet sclerophyll forests do burn periodically. If<br />
the understorey is sufficiently dry, the fuel load can be considerable, which would result in high<br />
intensity fires. all wet sclerophyll forests therefore represent a fire hazard, particularly during<br />
extended dry periods.<br />
Small patches of rainforest occurring in the eastern part of the <strong>study</strong> area would generally have<br />
developed in an absence of fire. Such forests are unlikely to develop fire or carry fire, due to<br />
perennially moist conditions and an open understorey with relatively little fuel. These forests<br />
do not represent a major fire hazard.<br />
12.2.2 Weather<br />
In general, fire conditions develop in August during dry westerly winds. These conditions tend<br />
to last to November when the rainfall increases. Another fire season may occur during late<br />
January or February when the rainfall has tapered off. In this later season, re-ignitions from<br />
open-ended burning or lightning strikes can produce large, high intensity fires.<br />
12.2.3 Slope and Aspect<br />
The potential for fire is also influenced by slope and aspect (Figure 12-2). Where a fire hazard<br />
exists (ie where there is sufficient dry fuel), slopes facilitate fire moving upslope, but hinder<br />
fires moving downslope, particularly when slopes are steep. In response to the position of the<br />
sun and the dry westerly winds (see above), fire hazard is also increased on northern and<br />
western slopes and reduced on southern and eastern slopes.<br />
Several ridge systems occur within the <strong>study</strong> area. These are moderately steep and tend to run<br />
from the north-west to the south-east. While slopes as such are therefore important in the likely<br />
fire behaviour within the <strong>study</strong> area, aspect on these ridges is generally of little consequence, as<br />
most locations would be exposed to either the north or west. This is reflected in the vegetation<br />
on the slopes which is similar on either side of the ridge (Figure 12-1). There are, however, a<br />
number of areas on steep slopes with a north-western aspect which represent areas of particular<br />
risk. These are mainly concentrated in the SLVA.<br />
12.2.4 Development<br />
Increased development and human occupation has the potential to affect fire hazard in a<br />
number of contrasting ways. While vegetation clearing and construction of roads and other<br />
hard surfaces can reduce the spread of fire, the incidence of fires tends to increase due to<br />
deliberate or accidental ignition by a larger human population. Increased human population is<br />
usually also accompanied by modifications to the vegetation of the area, whether from<br />
increased fire or otherwise, resulting in types of vegetation which are often more readily burned<br />
than the original.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
BUSHFIRE MANAGEMENT INVESTIGATION 132<br />
Substantial modification would have occurred to the vegetation surrounding the developed<br />
areas in the southern part of the <strong>study</strong> area and along the <strong>Lakes</strong> Way. As these areas coincide<br />
with the “dry sclerophyll forest” types (in contrast to the “wet sclerophyll” remainder of the<br />
<strong>study</strong> area), it is suggested that the “dry sclerophyll” nature of these forest is the direct result of<br />
human interference within the ecology of this vegetation. However, further research through<br />
checking of historic records and survey maps would be required to confirm this observation.<br />
Vegetation clearance may reduce the fire hazard only if the amount of fuel within the cleared<br />
area is kept low, such as in the grazed land along Sugar Creek Road. In the absence of grazing,<br />
mowing, or slash and removal, an increase in the biomass of the ground layer vegetation<br />
(which naturally tends to follow the clearing of tree canopies) would substantially increase the<br />
risk and spread of fire.<br />
12.2.5 Fire Hazard Map<br />
Fire hazard levels were determined as per Table 12-2. The distribution of these levels within<br />
the <strong>study</strong> area is shown in Figure 12-3. It should be noted that these levels are indicative only<br />
and are subject to all of the caveats outlined above. In particular, hazard is highly dependent on<br />
weather conditions, with hazard considerably enhanced during dry spells, and reduced during<br />
prolonged wet periods. Hazard may also be reduced considerably through appropriate fire<br />
management.<br />
Table 12-2 Determination of Fire Hazard Levels<br />
Level<br />
Very high<br />
High<br />
Medium<br />
Low<br />
Determinants<br />
Dry sclerophyll communities on steep slopes<br />
Dry sclerophyll communities<br />
Wet sclerophyll communities<br />
Rainforests<br />
12.3 Damage Potential<br />
While fire has the potential to cause damage to developments and human life, it may also be<br />
deleterious to particular ecosystems and species, as discussed below.<br />
12.3.1 Life and Property<br />
The potential for fire damage to life and property is presently concentrated in the SLVA and<br />
along the <strong>Lakes</strong> Way. The SLVA is particularly at risk from fire as it is located on steep land<br />
with a number of north-western facing slopes covered with easily combustible dry sclerophyll<br />
vegetation. The relatively large human population not only indicates that the risk to life could<br />
be high, but that the potential for ignition is also high.<br />
Several individual dwellings are also scattered in small forest clearings and along the forest<br />
edge elsewhere within the <strong>study</strong> area. These properties are also at risk during bushfire.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
BUSHFIRE MANAGEMENT INVESTIGATION 133<br />
Smoke arising from bushfires would also have the potential to endanger traffic along the roads<br />
traversing the <strong>study</strong> area, particularly on the well used <strong>Lakes</strong> Way.<br />
12.3.2 Ecosystems and Species<br />
As noted above, vegetation types within the <strong>study</strong> area have adapted to different fire regimes.<br />
In general, “dry sclerophyll forest” types would have a greater fire frequency than “wet<br />
sclerophyll forest” types. Although both types would be damaged in the short term by fire, both<br />
would require fire periodically to maintain their characteristic species composition and<br />
structure in the long term. Other types, including the “rainforest” types would be damaged in<br />
the long term by any substantial fire.<br />
In general, the ability of individual species to respond to fire is reflective of the response of the<br />
general ecosystem in which they are found, and do not warrant particular attention. The<br />
exceptions are highly valued species such as rare and threatened species. While the response of<br />
many of these species to fire is not known precisely, estimates can be made on the basis of the<br />
response from the ecosystems in which they most often occur or on the basis of known<br />
responses from closely related species. Table 12-3 lists the rare and threatened species found or<br />
likely to occur within the <strong>study</strong> area and their response to fire. Most of the species listed are<br />
likely to be fire sensitive, and fire should be excluded for long term survival.<br />
Table 12-3 Fire Response of Rare and Threatened Species<br />
Species Prevalent Ecosystem Estimated Response to Fire<br />
Plants<br />
Asperula asthenes Damp sites on riverbanks Plant and seed killed (long term damage to<br />
population)<br />
Chamaesyce psammogeton Sand dunes Woody rootstock would afford some protection to<br />
light fires, but probably killed by intense fires,<br />
which, however, are unlikely to occur often on<br />
dunes. It would, therefore, appear to be adapted to<br />
occasional light fires.<br />
Cynanchum elegans Littoral rainforest Plant and seed killed (long term damage to<br />
population)<br />
Sysygium paniculatum Littoral rainforest Plant and seed killed (long term damage to<br />
population), though when fully grown into a tree,<br />
this plant may survive a very light fire.<br />
Animals<br />
Koala (Phascolarctos<br />
cinereus)<br />
Squirrel Glider (Petaurus<br />
norfolcensis)<br />
Sclerophyll<br />
Sclerophyll<br />
Able to withstand cool ground fires, but killed in<br />
hot canopy fires<br />
Able to withstand cool ground fires, but killed in<br />
hot canopy fires. Able to move to nearby fire free<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
BUSHFIRE MANAGEMENT INVESTIGATION 134<br />
Species Prevalent Ecosystem Estimated Response to Fire<br />
areas if connected by a continuous canopy<br />
Rufous Bettong<br />
(Aepyprymnus rufescens)<br />
Long-nosed Potoroo<br />
(Perameles nasuta)<br />
Yellow-bellied Glider<br />
(Petaurus australis)<br />
Eastern Chestnut Mouse<br />
(Pseudomys gracilicaudatus)<br />
Little Bent-wing Bat<br />
(Miniopterus australis)<br />
Large Bent-wing Bat<br />
(Miniopterus schreibersii)<br />
<strong>Great</strong>er Broad-nosed Bat<br />
(Scoteanax rueppelii)<br />
Hoary Bat (Chalinolobus<br />
nigrogriseus)<br />
Golden-tipped Bat<br />
(Kerivoula papuensis)<br />
Wompoo Fruit-dove<br />
(Ptilinopus magnificus)<br />
Masked Owl (Tyto<br />
novaehollandiae)<br />
Dense grass cover<br />
Sclerophyll with dense under<br />
storey<br />
Sclerophyll (mostly wet)<br />
Sclerophyll (mostly wet)<br />
Variable<br />
Variable<br />
Wet sclerophyll and rainforest<br />
Variable<br />
Variable<br />
Rainforest<br />
Strongly affected by fires<br />
Strongly affected by fires<br />
Able to withstand cool ground fires, but killed in<br />
hot canopy fires<br />
Strongly affected by fires<br />
Roost affected by hot canopy fires, otherwise able<br />
to fly to fire free areas<br />
Roost affected by hot canopy fires, otherwise able<br />
to fly to fire free areas<br />
Roost affected by hot canopy fires, otherwise able<br />
to fly to fire free areas<br />
Roost affected by hot canopy fires, otherwise able<br />
to fly to fire free areas<br />
Roost affected by hot canopy fires, otherwise able<br />
to fly to fire free areas<br />
Unlikely to be affected by fire. Able to fly away<br />
from fire<br />
Nest affected by hot canopy fires, otherwise able<br />
to fly to fire free areas<br />
12.4 Fire Fighting Infrastructure<br />
There are a number of roads, tracks, and trails traversing the <strong>study</strong> area which are providing<br />
both fire breaks and access for fire fighting, particularly in areas where the risk for damage to<br />
life and property is highest (ie along <strong>Lakes</strong> Way and in the SLVA). Tracks also occur along the<br />
perimeter of the State Forest area in the north-west and in the south-eastern part of the Wallis<br />
Creek catchment (in the eastern part of the <strong>study</strong> area), while trails occur along the length of the<br />
main ridges.<br />
Watering points have a similar distribution, with most concentrated in areas of habitation,<br />
providing ready access during fire fighting.<br />
While access to the central northern (west of <strong>Lakes</strong> Way) and north-eastern (east of <strong>Lakes</strong><br />
Way) parts of the <strong>study</strong> area is among the most difficult within the <strong>study</strong> area, and watering<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
BUSHFIRE MANAGEMENT INVESTIGATION 135<br />
points do not occur here, there is presently relatively little risk to life and property within these<br />
areas. However, there are a number of ecosystems (eg littoral rainforests and cabbage tree palm<br />
forest) within these areas which require fire to be excluded or minimised and which therefore<br />
require access for fire fighting. In addition, as the areas adjacent to the <strong>Lakes</strong> Way have been<br />
designated for development, improved fire fighting access will be required in these areas in the<br />
future.<br />
Specific fire management strategies to prevent, minimise, and mitigate damage from fire (or a<br />
lack of fire) are described in the Section 12-5.<br />
12.5 Fire Zoning and Management Strategies<br />
To facilitate <strong>planning</strong> for fire management, two fire management zones have been identified<br />
within the <strong>study</strong> area on the basis of the intended usage of these zones. These include a<br />
development zone, which includes land that is either developed or is proposed for development,<br />
and a conservation zone, which covers the remaining majority of the <strong>study</strong> area.<br />
12.5.1 Development Zone<br />
The objective of fire management within the development zone would be to minimise the risk<br />
of bushfire to life and property, while minimising the impact of fire management on the visual<br />
qualities and other conservation values of this zone.<br />
Specific <strong>planning</strong> strategies available to achieve this objective in areas subject to medium-very<br />
high fire hazard include the following:<br />
Fire Protection Zone (FPZ)<br />
A FPZ should be provided between the development and any major source of potential bushfire<br />
fuel (ie the bush edge) to ensure that progressive fuel reduction occurs towards the<br />
development. The FPZ incorporates a Fuel Reduced Zone (FRZ) towards the source of<br />
bushfires and a Fuel Free Zone (FFZ) nearer the development.<br />
The fuel load within the FRZ should be kept to a level where the fire intensity expected will not<br />
impact on adjacent developments. This would generally be 8 t/ha. The width of this zone would<br />
vary from 10 m on flat ground to 60 m where the hazard is downhill on a slope of 20 degrees or<br />
over (Table 12-4).<br />
The FFZ consists of a zone of 20 m width, incorporating on the outside a road or track with a<br />
minimum width of 6 m and passing bays about every 200 m, and an area cleared of fuel on the<br />
inside. Where the hazard is downhill, additional cleared areas will be required as a buffer<br />
within lots located immediately on the inside of this reserve, as shown in Table 12-4. The<br />
additional cleared area required within allotments located on slopes uphill from potential fire<br />
hazards limits the minimum depth of the allotments as shown in Table 12-4.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
BUSHFIRE MANAGEMENT INVESTIGATION 136<br />
Access<br />
Access to perimeter roads and tracks should be of a design and construction standard to allow<br />
unrestricted two-way movement of fire fighting trucks of a fully loaded weight of 28 tonnes or<br />
8 tonnes per axle. In this respect, curves should be minimised and have a minimum inner radius<br />
of 12 m and grades should not exceed 15%. Any dead end road should not exceed 200 m in<br />
length and incorporate a 12.5 m turning circle at the end. Perimeter tracks should be connected<br />
to the subdivision road network at regular intervals to facilitate access.<br />
Subdivision Design and Staging<br />
Subdivision lay-outs should be square or circular whenever practicable in order to minimise<br />
perimeter length for any given subdivision area. Bottleneck designs should be avoided as these<br />
hinder access to and from either side of the bottleneck. The same principle applies to additional<br />
developments. These should preferably be situated in such a manner that the total perimeter<br />
(around both the new and old development) is minimised.<br />
Where developments are staged, the perimeter should be developed fully first. This would<br />
result in a line of dwellings, which tends to minimise the threat to the remaining part of the<br />
subdivision through the provision of cleared areas, access, and other fire prevention and fire<br />
fighting features.<br />
Table 12-4 Fire Protection Zones<br />
Aspect: for N, N.W., W, S.W. and S. slopes<br />
Slope FPZ = FRZ + FFZ FFZ = PR + Cleared<br />
Part of Lot<br />
Minimum Lot<br />
Depth<br />
0° 30 = 10 + 20 20 = 20 + 0 30<br />
5° 35 = 15 + 20 20 = 20 + 0 30<br />
10° 45 = 20 + 25 25 = 20 + 5 35<br />
15° 70 = 40 + 30 30 = 20 + 10 40<br />
20° 100 = 60 + 40 40 = 20 + 20 50<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
BUSHFIRE MANAGEMENT INVESTIGATION 137<br />
Aspect: for N.E., E and S.E. slopes<br />
Slope FPZ = FRZ + FFZ FFZ = PR + Cleared<br />
Part of Lot<br />
Minimum Lot<br />
Depth<br />
0° 30 = 10 + 20 20 = 20 + 0 30<br />
5° 30 = 10 + 20 20 = 20 + 0 30<br />
10° 35 = 15 + 20 20 = 20 + 0 30<br />
15° 40 = 20 + 20 20 = 20 + 0 30<br />
20° 60 = 30 + 30 30 = 20 + 10 40<br />
Source: Gates, A., 1991, Planning for Bushfire Protection, NSW Department of BushFire Service, Rosehill, Sydney.<br />
FPZ = Fire Protection Zone<br />
FRZ = Fuel Reduced Zone<br />
FFZ = Fuel Free Zone<br />
PR = Perimeter Road<br />
Assumes house envelope (house and surrounding yard) of 30m and includes the cleared part of the lot;<br />
Distances are measured in metres horizontally.<br />
12.5.2 Conservation Zone<br />
The objective of fire management within the conservation zone would be to meet the fire needs<br />
of ecosystems and species.<br />
As noted in Section 12.2.1, the various vegetation communities encountered within the <strong>study</strong><br />
area would have developed under different fire regimes. Any change in the fire regime<br />
experienced would result in a change of the vegetation composition and structure. While<br />
detailed information on the fire history is not available, comparison with the fire histories and<br />
fire regime experience from elsewhere (NPWS 1998 a, b) suggest that a relatively limited<br />
number of regimes would cover most of the communities encountered within the <strong>study</strong> area.<br />
These are listed in Table 12-5. It should be noted that these regimes are designed to maintain<br />
the existing vegetation communities. If the management objective were to restore the species<br />
composition and structure of the vegetation found in the area prior to European arrival, it is<br />
likely that the incidence of fire should be reduced further. As noted in a Section 12.5.1, further<br />
research would be required on this topic.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
BUSHFIRE MANAGEMENT INVESTIGATION 138<br />
Table 12-5 Suggested Fire Regimes for the Maintenance of Vegetation Communities<br />
Community<br />
Littoral rainforest<br />
Fire Management Regimes<br />
Fire excluded<br />
Wet sclerophyll forest Decline expected if successive fires, of any intensity, occur less than 50<br />
years apart;<br />
Decline expected if there are no fires for more than 200 years.<br />
Dry sclerophyll forest<br />
Decline expected if more than 2 successive fires occur at intervals of less<br />
than 5 years;<br />
Decline expected if there are no fires for more than 30 years;<br />
Decline expected if successive fires occur which totally scorch or<br />
consume the tree canopy.<br />
Shrubland/heath<br />
complex<br />
Decline expected if more than 2 successive fires occur at intervals of less<br />
than 8 years;<br />
Decline expected if there are no fires for more than 15 years;<br />
Decline expected if no fire occurs for more than 30 years.<br />
Most of the rare or threatened species found within the <strong>study</strong> area are likely to be fire sensitive.<br />
Fire should therefore be excluded from known locations of such species. These are generally<br />
likely to be in places which would naturally have a low fire incidence. However, additional<br />
ignitions and other disturbance arising from such developments as access roads may add to the<br />
local extinction risk of these species. Fire breaks or other fire prevention methods (eg fencing to<br />
restrict access) may assist in the prevention of fire damage to these species.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
LAND SUITABILITY ASSESSMENT 139<br />
13 LAND SUITABILITY ASSESSMENT<br />
13.1 Approach<br />
Land capability introduced the idea that site specific environmental characteristics place<br />
limitations on the ability of land to be altered or developed. Limitations, or constraints to<br />
development, may be so severe that they render land undevelopable. Other constraints require<br />
management to avoid adverse outcomes.<br />
The land capability assessment examined physical, ecological and visual management<br />
constraints. Nine land capability precincts were identified in which development could be<br />
considered, subject to sustainable management of their capability constraints.<br />
Land suitability addresses additional characteristics that may constrain potential development.<br />
They are not physical constraints so much as socio-economic and community-value constraints.<br />
These constraints can only be managed at additional cost or loss of values that are held to be<br />
worthwhile by the community.<br />
13.2 Suitability Constraints<br />
Three suitability constraints are investigated, as required by <strong>Council</strong>’s Brief:<br />
• Aboriginal and European Heritage, reviewed in Chapter 10;<br />
• Provision of reticulated sewer and water, reviewed in Chapter 11;<br />
• Bushfire management, reviewed in Chapter 12.<br />
In addition, the land capability assessment highlighted five important constraints that require<br />
additional evaluation:<br />
• The level of development or change that would be consistent with Medium Habitat Value<br />
Areas;<br />
• The level of development that can be managed in Zone 2 Visual Management Areas;<br />
• The level of development that can be managed in areas with high sensitivity for<br />
maintenance of water quality;<br />
• The level of development that can be managed in the R2 Terrain Unit;<br />
• The effect of effluent disposal on development patterns.<br />
These constraints are characterised by varying degrees of impact or risk to the environment.<br />
13.2.1 Aboriginal and European Heritage<br />
Among other things, Chapter 10 highlights that little is known of the presence or location of<br />
Aboriginal artefacts or places in the Smiths Lake Area. A number of activities, including<br />
development, contribute to the disturbance or loss of local Aboriginal cultural heritage.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
LAND SUITABILITY ASSESSMENT 140<br />
Based on the two distribution models, ridge and <strong>lake</strong> foreshore areas are more likely to contain<br />
evidence of Aboriginal occupation or use than other areas. A 30 m development exclusion zone<br />
adjacent to foreshore areas should be established. Several additional recommendations are<br />
presented that primarily focus on improving consultation and communication between the<br />
<strong>Council</strong>, the Forster Local Aboriginal Land <strong>Council</strong> and land owners.<br />
No items or places of European heritage are listed within the Smiths Lake Area and they are not<br />
further considered.<br />
13.2.2 Infrastructure<br />
13.2.2.1 Sewer<br />
With the completion of the first stage of the Pacific Palms reticulation scheme, the Smiths Lake<br />
Village Area, Tarbuck Bay and Charlotte Bay are now connected to the reticulated sewerage<br />
system. By 2004, the Pacific Palms Waste Water Treatment Plant will begin to treat effluent<br />
prior to pumping to the Forster Waste Water Treatment Plant.<br />
The nine land capability precincts could be serviced by reticulated sewer, subject to the<br />
developers meeting the costs to increase headwork capacity and provide mains and internal<br />
reticulation to their developments.<br />
Line capacity to Tarbuck Bay may become a constraint if future demand in the land capability<br />
precincts south of the Pacific Palms Waste Water Treatment Plant exceeds the existing line’s<br />
capacity. If this were to occur, the line would need to be upgraded to provide additional<br />
capacity. Additional investigation would be required to determine a servicing strategy for<br />
reticulating sewer.<br />
The costs of providing reticulated sewer may be substantial, particularly to extend past existing<br />
serviced areas. The Northeast and Northwest Smiths Lake and Cellito / Sandbar land capability<br />
precincts are either adjacent to existing sewer mains or are a short distance from serviced areas.<br />
However, extension of reticulated sewer to the Tarbuck Park and Sugar Creek Road land<br />
capability precincts would be costly. It would also be inefficient for <strong>Council</strong> to extend and<br />
maintain services to these Precincts prior to more efficiently serviced areas being further<br />
developed.<br />
A 400 m buffer should be maintained around the Pacific Palms Waste Water Treatment Plant,<br />
following the recommendation in the Forster and Pacific Palms Sewerage Scheme EIS by<br />
Manidis Roberts (1993). Within this buffer, most development would be prohibited. Some rural<br />
land uses could be considered if they were not affected by odour or noise, and were not likely<br />
to create conflict with the Pacific Palms Waste Water Treatment Plant.<br />
13.2.2.2 Water<br />
The nine land capability precincts could be serviced by reticulated water to an elevation of<br />
40 m AHD. Between 40 and 76 m AHD, booster pumps would be needed to maintain adequate<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
LAND SUITABILITY ASSESSMENT 141<br />
line pressure. It may be costly for MidCoast Water to install and service a network of booster<br />
pumps.<br />
Water should be reticulated to locations where reticulated sewer is available or can be extended<br />
to service land suitability precincts. In areas that will not be provided with reticulated sewer,<br />
<strong>Council</strong> should consider whether it is desirable to require a reticulated water supply. The<br />
efficiency and sustainability of on onsite effluent disposal systems may be compromised by<br />
large water <strong>volume</strong> inputs.<br />
The extension of reticulated water is practical to all land capability precincts.<br />
13.2.3 Bush Fire Hazard<br />
Fire hazard is primarily controlled by vegetation type, slope, weather conditions, and intensity<br />
of development. Fire hazard levels are low in rainforest communities, and increase in wet and<br />
dry sclerophyll communities. Steep slopes with north or west aspects have higher hazard levels<br />
than flat terrain of slopes with aspects to the east and south.<br />
Two management zones – development and conservation – are proposed. The fire management<br />
objective in the development zone is to minimise risk of bush fire to life or property.<br />
Development within this zone is constrained by the need to establish a fire protection zone<br />
incorporating fuel reduced and fuel free zones. The need to minimise subdivision perimeter<br />
length may be difficult given certain site conditions such as slope, connection to the existing<br />
road network or property ownership.<br />
Areas with high fire hazard are found in cleared land. The hazard level is caused by existing<br />
grasses and ground and shrub vegetation. Because some of these areas do not contain attributes<br />
such as medium or high conservation value or slope instability, the fuel source could be<br />
removed in the course of development, thereby reducing or eliminating the existing fire hazard.<br />
These areas should be considered suitable for urban scale subdivision and development,<br />
provided that measures to manage fuel as discussed in Section 12.5 are implemented. Rural<br />
residential development, or similar forms of low density development that are likely to result in<br />
extensive areas of grass land or regeneration of native vegetation, should not be permitted.<br />
Areas with very high fire hazard levels and those areas adjacent to very high hazard areas are<br />
excluded because of the high risk to property and life and the inability to reduce and<br />
sustainably manage fire hazard without substantial adverse effects on visual qualities and<br />
habitat values. The Tarbuck Park land capability precinct contains high and very high hazard<br />
levels due to vegetation, slope and aspect.<br />
13.2.4 Medium Habitat Value Areas<br />
Low and Medium Habitat Value Areas include all locations other than roads, quarries, utility<br />
clearings, water bodies and urban areas in the Smiths Lake Area and Smiths Lake Village Area.<br />
High Habitat Value Areas are mostly a subset of Medium Habitat Value Areas.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
LAND SUITABILITY ASSESSMENT 142<br />
If all Medium and High Habitat Value Areas were excluded from development consideration,<br />
about 350 ha of land would remain, most of which is scattered in small pockets where pasture<br />
or clearing has disturbed native vegetation. Contiguous Low Habitat Value Areas of substantial<br />
size are found in the Sugar Creek Road, Northwest Smiths Lake, Northeast Smiths Lake<br />
Precincts, and directly west of Blueys Beach.<br />
Medium Value Habitat Areas are based on a range of factors that are given scores between 9<br />
and 14. Because the ranking distinguishes only three categories of habitat value, it does not<br />
readily show the transition between Low and Medium, and Medium and High Habitat Value<br />
Areas.<br />
Medium Value Habitat Areas that are contiguous with Low Value Habitat Areas are more<br />
likely to have lower scores than those adjacent to or surrounded by High Habitat Value Areas.<br />
For this reason, Medium Value Habitat Areas are excluded from the Land Suitability Precincts<br />
where they are adjacent to areas containing High Value Habitat Areas.<br />
Future development proposals within precincts containing Medium Habitat Value Areas would<br />
need to be assessed under Section 5A of the Environmental Planning and Assessment Act<br />
1979. Their inclusion in a land suitability precincts is neither a substitute for further assessment,<br />
nor a finding that they should be able to be developed.<br />
This <strong>study</strong> would provide important background and survey information to assist with the<br />
preparation of Section 5A assessments.<br />
13.2.5 Zone 2 Visual Management Areas<br />
Zone 2 Visual Management Areas include Landscape Units with medium to high visual quality<br />
combined with moderate and high sensitivity foreground and middle ground viewing<br />
opportunities.<br />
Management of development within Zone 2 is based on maintaining a predominantly natural<br />
state. It provides opportunities for development of small scale, low structures, clad in natural<br />
materials, and sited to minimise disturbance of native vegetation.<br />
The area west of Blueys Beach is within a Zone 2 Visual Management Area. It does not contain<br />
other capability constraints and is therefore identified as a land suitability precinct.<br />
Development within Zone 2 areas should be of a lower density and scale to minimise the loss<br />
of visual quality to adjacent viewing areas for residents and visitors. Site-specific development<br />
control plans that address development form, landscaping, earthworks and density should be<br />
prepared to guide development of Zone 2 areas. With suitable design and construction<br />
responses, the loss of visual quality can be minimised.<br />
Good examples of low visual impact developments in urban settings are found in Pacific Palms<br />
and Smiths Lake Village.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
LAND SUITABILITY ASSESSMENT 143<br />
13.2.6 High Water Quality Sensitivity Areas<br />
Areas that have high sensitivity for maintenance of water quality are determined based on a<br />
combination of slope, proximity to waterways, soil type, presence of vegetation, and whether<br />
they are now provided with reticulated sewer.<br />
Due to the manner in which the limits for low, medium and high are defined, the value for<br />
sewer could push a low or medium scoring area to a medium or high score, notwithstanding<br />
that it may be economical and practical to extend reticulated sewer to those areas in the future.<br />
Accordingly, a revised score for areas with high sensitivity has been prepared to eliminate the<br />
influence of whether existing reticulated sewer is available.<br />
Areas with high sensitivity, without reference to whether existing reticulated sewer is available,<br />
will be difficult to manage sustainably unless, among other things, they can by provided with<br />
reticulated sewer. Accordingly, areas with high sensitivity in the Tarbuck Park and Sugar Creek<br />
Road land capability precincts are excluded from land suitability precincts.<br />
A buffer area 30 m in width from the centre line of all watercourses should be protected from<br />
clearing or other disturbance in all developments.<br />
13.2.7 R2 Terrain Unit<br />
The R2 Terrain Unit includes land with a slope between 25° and 40° with medium slope<br />
instability and moderate sheet erosion hazard. In the land capability assessment, it is not a<br />
constraint that precludes development. However, the unit has moderate to severe physical<br />
limitations.<br />
The R2 Terrain Unit occurs to a limited extent in the Sugar Creek Road, Tarbuck Bay,<br />
Northeast Smiths Lake and Cellito / Sandbar land capability precincts. It covers most of the<br />
Tarbuck Park land capability precinct.<br />
Given the limitations of this unit, and the long term effort needed to sustainably manage<br />
potential impacts, the R2 Terrain Unit is excluded from land suitability precincts.<br />
13.2.8 Effect of Effluent Disposal on Development Patterns<br />
Given the high water quality of Smiths Lake, and <strong>Council</strong>’s interests in maintaining water<br />
quality, future development in the Smiths Lake Area should generally be connected to the<br />
reticulated sewerage system. Development within the Smiths Lake Village Area, the Northeast<br />
Smiths Lake, Northwest Smiths Lake, and Tarbuck Bay Precincts, and the area west of Blueys<br />
Beach, should be provided with reticulated sewer. Development of these precincts without the<br />
provision of reticulated sewer will increase the complexity of systems needed to maintain water<br />
quality in Smiths and Wallis <strong>Lakes</strong> and the risk of degrading water quality.<br />
13.2.8.1 Sugar Creek Road<br />
The Sugar Creek Road land capability precinct is furthest from the limit of the reticulated<br />
sewerage system and is characterised by low density development in an open visual<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
LAND SUITABILITY ASSESSMENT 144<br />
environment. Development at a density that allows sustainable onsite effluent disposal –<br />
perhaps 5 to 10 ha per lot – would be consistent with the existing character and underlying<br />
subdivision pattern.<br />
Further redevelopment in the Sugar Creek Road precinct could be considered if studies<br />
establish that it has suitable characteristics to allow sustainable onsite effluent disposal. Such<br />
studies should address <strong>Council</strong>’s current and emerging policies on onsite effluent disposal, and<br />
guidelines prepared by the NSW Environment Protection Authority.<br />
13.2.8.2 Cellito / Sandbar<br />
The Cellito / Sandbar precinct is now used for tourist accommodation and recreation facilities.<br />
Occupation, and therefore the generation of wastewater, is variable and likely to be subject to<br />
significant peak loads during holiday periods.<br />
The Cellito / Sandbar land capability precinct could be provided with reticulated sewer. This<br />
would be desirable because it would reduce the existing risk of pollution of groundwater or<br />
Symes Bay during peak holiday use.<br />
However, the provision of reticulated sewer could create an expectation of more intense and<br />
extensive development, so that the costs of providing reticulated sewer could be distributed<br />
more economically and recovered.<br />
The Cellito / Sandbar land capability precinct is located in a sensitive area that is subject to<br />
constraints other than water quality – habitat values, visual management and bush fire hazard.<br />
Expectations of urban scale development should not be supported unless further assessments<br />
identify Cellito / Sandbar’s environmental carrying capacity and its ability to sustain more<br />
intense development<br />
13.3 Land Suitability Precincts<br />
Based on the delineation of land capability precincts, and the modification to them required by<br />
consideration of the suitability criteria considered above, land suitability precincts are presented<br />
in Figure 13.1. The seven individual precincts are presented in Figures 13.2 to 13.8, and are<br />
discussed in detail below.<br />
13.3.1 Blueys Beach<br />
This precinct could accept development at a density and scale that minimises the loss of visual<br />
quality to adjacent viewing areas for residents and visitors. Site-specific development control<br />
plans should be prepared that address development form, landscaping, earthworks and density<br />
to guide development.<br />
The precinct is located within one lot and can be provided with reticulated water and sewerage.<br />
Vegetation is highly modified and of Low Habitat Value. Steep slope constrains the extent of<br />
development, however, water quality could be maintained by implementing best-practice<br />
management techniques for stormwater.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
LAND SUITABILITY ASSESSMENT 145<br />
The Blueys Beach land suitability precinct is about 4 ha in area.<br />
13.3.2 Northwest Smiths Lake<br />
The Northwest Smiths Lake land suitability precinct is about 44 ha in area. It includes five<br />
large rural lots and has the same boundaries as its land capability precinct.<br />
This land suitability precinct contains Medium Value Habitat Areas that may limit the intensity<br />
or extent of development under a Section 5A assessment.<br />
13.3.3 Northeast Smiths Lake<br />
The Northeast Smiths Lake land suitability precinct is about 115 ha in area. It includes five<br />
large rural lots and land in Charlotte Bay and is similar to its land capability precinct except<br />
that it excludes:<br />
• an area to accommodate the buffer to the Pacific Palms waster water treatment plant;<br />
• steep land comprising the R2 Terrain Unit, very high bush fire hazard and Medium Habitat<br />
Value areas.<br />
This land suitability precinct contains Medium Value Habitat Areas that may limit the intensity<br />
or extent of development under a Section 5A assessment.<br />
13.3.4 Cellito / Sandbar<br />
The Cellito / Sandbar land suitability precinct is about 29 ha in area, and includes most of the<br />
existing development including the Sandbar Caravan Park (a small 2ha parcel of land to the<br />
south of the main portion of this precinct).<br />
It is similar to its land capability precinct except that it excludes land south and east of an<br />
existing track in a Medium Habitat Value Area that provides a buffer to sensitive dunal<br />
vegetation to the east.<br />
This land suitability precinct contains Medium Value Habitat Areas that may limit the intensity<br />
or extent of development under a Section 5A assessment.<br />
13.3.5 Tarbuck Bay<br />
The Tarbuck Bay land suitability precinct is about 16 ha in area, including existing urban<br />
development totalling about 9 ha. It is similar to its land capability precinct except that it<br />
excludes:<br />
• steep land comprising the R2 Terrain Unit;<br />
• Medium Value Habitat Areas.<br />
This land suitability precinct contains Medium Value Habitat Areas that may limit the intensity<br />
or extent of development under a Section 5A assessment.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
LAND SUITABILITY ASSESSMENT 146<br />
To minimise changes to visual quality, native vegetation should be substantially retained to<br />
screen views of new development from adjacent residences and Smiths Lake.<br />
13.3.6 Sugar Creek Road<br />
The Sugar Creek Road land suitability precinct is about 47 ha in area. It is similar to its land<br />
capability precinct except that it excludes:<br />
• land with high sensitivity to maintenance of water quality;<br />
• land with very high bush fire hazard;<br />
• Medium Habitat Value Areas adjacent to High Habitat Value Areas along its western<br />
boundary;<br />
• steep land comprising the R2 Terrain Unit.<br />
This land suitability precinct contains Medium Value Habitat Areas that may limit the intensity<br />
or extent of development under a Section 5A assessment.<br />
13.3.7 Smiths Lake Village Area<br />
There are three Smiths Lake Village land suitability precincts totalling about 28 ha in area,<br />
including existing development:<br />
• the Paradise Drive precinct of about 19 ha;<br />
• the Lodge precinct of about 5 ha;<br />
• the Macwood precinct of about 4 ha.<br />
These land suitability precincts contain Medium Value Habitat Areas that may limit the<br />
intensity or extent of redevelopment under a Section 5A assessment.<br />
13.3.8 Tarbuck Park<br />
The Tarbuck Park land capability precinct contains five constraints that preclude its inclusion in<br />
a land suitability precinct:<br />
• it contains mostly Medium Value Habitat Areas;<br />
• it is almost entirely within the R2 Terrain Unit;<br />
• it contains an area of high and very high bush fire hazard, due to steep slopes, north-easterly<br />
aspect and dry vegetation;<br />
• it is completely within an area with high sensitivity for maintenance of water quality,<br />
although it would be impractical to economically extend reticulated sewer;<br />
• it is within the Zone 3 visual management area and clearing to reduce bush fire hazard<br />
would be inconsistent with the zone’s objectives.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
LAND SUITABILITY ASSESSMENT 147<br />
13.4 Opportunities<br />
Each land suitability precinct contains land that is suitable for development. However, existing<br />
factors, primarily existing subdivision patterns and the physical dimensions of certain land<br />
suitability precincts, are likely to preclude substantial development opportunities.<br />
Opportunities for each land suitability precincts are summarised below.<br />
13.4.1 Blueys Beach<br />
The northern part of this precinct would provide development opportunities for land with<br />
access to Boomerang Drive and Croll Street. Access to the southern part of this precinct could<br />
be gained via Samuel Street.<br />
This precinct could yield about 20 to 30 residential lots.<br />
13.4.2 Northwest Smiths Lake<br />
This precinct spans six lots. It provides opportunities for a variety of residential scale<br />
developments that could be coordinated by a development control plan.<br />
This precinct has few development constraints. At a net density of 8 dwellings per hectare, the<br />
precinct could yield up to 350 lots.<br />
Although land to the immediate north of this precinct is outside of the <strong>study</strong> area, it appears to<br />
have capability and suitability for further development. Accordingly, it should be considered in<br />
any future strategic studies or investigations of either the Northwest Smiths Lake or Northeast<br />
Smiths Lake precincts.<br />
13.4.3 Northeast Smiths Lake<br />
This precinct spans six large rural lots and the residential areas of Charlotte Bay. Due to the<br />
distance between The <strong>Lakes</strong> Way and Wallis Creek, opportunities for development to the west<br />
of The <strong>Lakes</strong> Way are limited to redevelopment and minor subdivision. Land to the east of The<br />
<strong>Lakes</strong> Way has some constraints but would provide opportunities for a range of development.<br />
13.4.4 Cellito / Sandbar<br />
Due to this precinct’s proximity to Symes Bay and coastal dunes, and the habitat conservation<br />
values of the surrounding land, it has limited opportunities for development. The following<br />
comments apply equally to the Cellito part of this precinct to the north and the Sandbar portion<br />
to the south (ie. the Sandbar Caravan Park).<br />
Intensification of development in this precinct should only occur if it is provided with<br />
reticulated sewerage. Expansion or extension of recreational and tourist facilities would be<br />
preferable to the introduction of development that provides permanent residential-scale<br />
development because:<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
LAND SUITABILITY ASSESSMENT 148<br />
• permanent occupation would increase traffic on Sandbar Road and require its upgrading<br />
through areas of high value habitat;<br />
• permanent occupation would have the potential to degrade areas of medium and high value<br />
habitats by expanding edge effects, extending human disturbance, and introducing domestic<br />
pets;<br />
• permanent occupation would have the potential to degrade areas of coastal vegetation by<br />
expanding edge effects and extending human disturbance.<br />
In summary, if development were to be considered in this precinct, the following impacts, and<br />
the potential to sustainably manage them, should be addressed before a commitment to rezone<br />
land in this precinct is made:<br />
• legal and practical access, including consideration of upgrading requirements and associated<br />
impacts on natural features and water quality;<br />
• edge effects caused by more intense tourist development or permanent occupation;<br />
• costs, both public and private, to extend or augment utility services from existing supply<br />
points; and<br />
• the consequences of permanent occupation, including the ability of the environment to<br />
sustainably carry it.<br />
13.4.5 Tarbuck Bay<br />
This precinct includes the subdivided and developed areas of Tarbuck Bay. Opportunities for<br />
development occur to the north of existing development fronting Windsor Street, and to the<br />
north and west of Tudor Road.<br />
New development in this precinct should be provided with reticulated water and sewer.<br />
13.4.6 Sugar Creek Road<br />
Land within this precinct is already subdivided into lots ranging from 3 to 10 ha. Underlying<br />
property fragmentation, and existing dwellings, would make future redevelopment of this<br />
precinct difficult. Without reticulated sewer, lot sizes smaller than about 2 to 5 ha are unlikely<br />
to be achievable using on-site effluent disposal. Given these constraints, an additional increase<br />
in lot yield appears unlikely.<br />
13.4.7 Smiths Lake Village Area<br />
The Lodge precinct straddles two lots at the end of Tropic Gardens Drive. The existing pattern<br />
of urban development could be continued in this precinct, provided that reticulated sewer is<br />
extended to new development.<br />
The Paradise Drive precinct is already subdivided into lots ranging between about 0.4 and<br />
1.0 ha. Underlying property fragmentation, and existing dwellings, would make future<br />
redevelopment of this precinct difficult. With the extension of reticulated sewer, re-subdivision<br />
may be achievable, if property owners wish.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
LAND SUITABILITY ASSESSMENT 149<br />
The Macwood precinct is a larger holding surrounded by urban development. It could be<br />
developed for urban uses provided that bush fire risk (mostly very high hazard) is managed<br />
according to the principles outlined in Chapter 12.<br />
As noted in Chapter 6, land that has been subdivided and can be used for urban scale<br />
development (subject to consent being obtained) is located within areas with medium and high<br />
conservation value. Within the framework of this <strong>study</strong>, this land does not have capability or<br />
suitability for development. However, <strong>Council</strong> will need to address future applications for<br />
residential uses that may result in many instances of small scale clearing that cumulatively lead<br />
to extensive fragmentation and loss of areas with medium and high conservation value.<br />
<strong>Council</strong> may wish to consider means by which development of these areas is assessed in a more<br />
holistic manner than that which would occur if each application were considered in isolation.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
REFERENCES 150<br />
14 REFERENCES<br />
ANZECC (1992) “Australian Water Quality Guidelines for Fresh and Marine Waters”.<br />
Appleton J. (1994) “The archaeological investigation of the site of proposed road widening and<br />
pipe laying”, Pacific Palms Sewerage Scheme, Pacific Palms, Central Coast, NSW.<br />
Appleton, J. (1993), “A report of the archaeological investigation of the Pacific Palms<br />
Environmental Study Area”, Central Coast, NSW.<br />
Appleton, J., and Balme, J. (1993) “A report of the archaeological investigation of the proposed<br />
installation sites of the Pacific Palms Sewerage Scheme”, Central Coast, NSW.<br />
AWACS (1989) “Elevated Ocean Levels: Manning River Entrances”, Report 89/05.<br />
Bale, C.L. (1992) “Eucalyptus and angophoras of the north coast New South Wales: A key to<br />
the indigenous species”, University of New England, Armidale, NSW.<br />
Benson, D.H. (1986) “The vegetation of the Gosford and LakeMacquarie 1:100 000 vegetation<br />
map sheet”, Cumminghamia 1: 467-489.<br />
Benson, J. (1981) “Port Stephens (Tomaree) National Park proposal”, Unpublished internal<br />
report, NSW National Park and Wildlife Service.<br />
Byrne, D. (1984) "A survey strategy for a coastal forest", pp. 61-70 in S. Sullivan and S.<br />
Bowdler (eds) 1984.<br />
Byrne, D. (1998) “In sad but loving memory: Aboriginal burials and cemeteries of the last 200<br />
years in NSW”, NPWS Cultural Heritage Services.<br />
Clough, A.R. (1979) “The distribution and composition of some rainforests in the Myall <strong>Lakes</strong><br />
District of New South Wales”, Unpublished MSc Thesis, University of Newcastle, Newcastle,<br />
NSW.<br />
CSIRO (1998) “Impacts of Climate Change on Coastal New South Wales”.<br />
Department of Conservation and Land Management (1992) “Urban Erosion and Sediment<br />
Control”.<br />
Department of Environment and Planning (1981) “Rural Land Evaluation Manual”.<br />
Department of Land and Water Conservation (1998) “Soil Data Base”.<br />
Dyson, J.R., (Ed.) (1985), “Taree District Technical Manual”, New South Wales Soil<br />
Conservation Service, Sydney.<br />
Floyd, A.G. (1989) “Rainforest tress of mainland south-eastern Australia”, Inkata Press -<br />
Forestry Commission of NSW, Sydney.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
REFERENCES 151<br />
Floyd, A.G. (1990) “Australian Rainforests in New South Wales”, Volume 1 and 2, Surrey<br />
Betton and Sons - NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service, Sydney.<br />
Forestry Commission of NSW (1989) “Forest types in New South Wales - Research Note 17”.<br />
Gates, A. (1991) “Planning for Bushfire Protection”, NSW Department of Busfire Services,<br />
Rosehill, Sydney.<br />
<strong>Great</strong> <strong>Lakes</strong> <strong>Council</strong> (1995) “Pacific Palms Draft Environmental Study”.<br />
<strong>Great</strong> <strong>Lakes</strong> <strong>Council</strong> Planning Services Division (1994) “State of the Environment 1993”.<br />
<strong>Great</strong> <strong>Lakes</strong> <strong>Council</strong> Planning Services Division (1995) “State of the Environment 1994”.<br />
<strong>Great</strong> <strong>Lakes</strong> <strong>Council</strong> Planning Services Division (1996) “State of the Environment 1995/96”.<br />
Griffith, S.J. (1983) “A survey of the vegetation of Bundjalung National Park”, Honours thesis,<br />
Department of Botany, University of New England, Armidale, NSW.<br />
Griffith, S.J., Wilson, R., and Maryott-Brown, K. (1999) “Vegetation Survey of the Booti Booti<br />
National Park and Yahoo Nature Reserve for use in fire management” Unpublished report to<br />
the NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service, Raymond Terrace, NSW.<br />
Haglund, L. (1984) “Archaeology, Appendix of an EIS for the Pacific Palms Water Supply”,<br />
prepared by John Lewis and Associates for DPWS.<br />
Haglund, L. (1992) “Pacific Highway (State Highway No.10)”, Buladelah to Coolongolook<br />
Deviation: Archaeological Survey 2 and test excavations.<br />
Haglund, L. (1998) “Pacific Highway (State Highway No.10)”, Buladelah to Coolongolook<br />
Deviation: Archaeological Salvage.<br />
Harden, G.J. (ed.) (1990-1993) “Flora of New South Wales. Vol 1-4”, New South Wales<br />
University Press, Sydney.<br />
Hill, K.D. and Johnson, L.A.S. (1995) “Systematic studies in the eucalytpus. 7. A revision of<br />
the bloodwoods, genus Corymbia (Myrtaceae), Telopea”6 (2-3): 185-504.<br />
Institute of Engineers Australia (1987) “Australian Rainfall and Runoff: A Guide to Flood<br />
Estimation”, Barton, Canberra.<br />
Manidis Roberts Consultants (1993) “Forster and Pacific Palms Sewerage Scheme”.<br />
Myerscough, P.J., and Carolin, R.C. (1986) “The vegetation of the Eurunderee sand mass,<br />
headlands and previous islands in the Myall <strong>Lakes</strong> area, New South Wales”, Cunninghamia 1:<br />
399-466.<br />
NPWS Aboriginal Site Register (1998) “Register of Aboriginal Sites maintained by the NSW<br />
National Parks and Wildlife Service”.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A
REFERENCES 152<br />
NSWEPA (1995) “Assessing and Managing Acid Sulphate Soils. Guidelines For Land<br />
Management in NSW Coastal Areas”.<br />
NSWEPA, DUAP, ASSMAC (1997) “Acids Sulphate Soils, Assessment and Management<br />
Guidelines”.<br />
Oxley, J. (1820) Journals of two expeditions into the interior of New South Wales, undertaken<br />
by order of the British Government in the years 1817-1818. In Murray, Australiana Facsimile<br />
Editions No. 6, Libraries Board of South Australia, 1964:pp.345-346.<br />
Public Works (1991) “Pacific Palms Water Supply”, Geotechnical Investigation, Report 91073.<br />
Rich, E. (1990) “Buladelah to Coolongolook: Archaeological survey for Aboriginal sites”.<br />
State Projects, Department of Public Works & Services (1994) “Pacific Palms Sewerage”,<br />
Sewage Treatment Works, Design Stage Geotechnical Investigation, Report 94-HT31.<br />
State Projects, Department of Public Works & Services, 1995, Pacific Palms Sewerage, Smiths<br />
Lake Reticulation Areas, Geotechnical Investigation, Report 95-HX30.<br />
State Projects: Department of Public Works & Services (1994) “Pacific Palms Sewerage”,<br />
Effluent Transfer Main, Geotechnical Investigation, Report 94-HV10.<br />
Sullivan, M. (1982) “Aboriginal shell middens in the coastal landscape of New South Wales”,<br />
Ph.D thesis, Australian National University, Canberra.<br />
Sullivan, S., and Bowdler, S., 1984, Site Surveys and Significance Assessment in Australian<br />
Archaeology, Department of Prehistory, Research School of Pacific Studies, Australian<br />
National University, Canberra.<br />
Walker B. (1985) “Geotechnical Risks Associated With Hillside Development”, Australian<br />
Geomechanics Society Journal, vol 10.<br />
Webb, McKeown & Associates Pty Ltd (1998) “Smiths Lake Estuary Processes Study”.<br />
Whelan and Halpern, Glick and Maunsell (in association with Thompson Palmer Landscape<br />
Architects and the Institute of Science and Technology Policy, Murdoch University) (1994)<br />
“Planning and Management Guidelines for Water Sensitive Urban (Residential) Design: report<br />
prepared for the Department of Planning and Urban Development, the Water Authority of<br />
Western Australia and the Environmental Protection Authority”.<br />
WP Geomarine (1996) “Smiths Lake Data Compilation Study”.<br />
SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />
O C E A N I C S<br />
A U S T R A L I A